Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

taken one with another

  • 1 в среднем

    1) General subject: (taken) one with another (взятый), at an average, average, on a par, on an average, on the average, taken one with another, on the whole
    3) Economy: an average of (sell an average of... cars - продавать в среднем... автомобилей; из англ. оборота, взятого из новостного сообщения агентства Bloomberg), at the mean, in the mean, on average, upon average
    4) Information technology: at the average
    5) Education: at average

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > в среднем

  • 2 вместе

    1) General subject: (taken) one with another (взятый), along with, between us, coupled with, hand in hand, in conjunction, together, in a pile, in aggregate
    2) Obsolete: one with another
    3) Mathematics: together with
    4) Music: a due
    5) Advertising: in totality
    6) leg.N.P. jointly

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > вместе

  • 3 вместе взятые

    General subject: laid end to end, rolled into one (More fashionable bars, restaurants, clubs and boutiques have been launched this year in Moscow than in Paris, London and Milan rolled into one), taken one with another, together, (all) put together (as in 'We are better than them, all put together!' = Мы лучше всех их вместе взятых!), combined

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > вместе взятые

  • 4 в среднем

    Русско-английский синонимический словарь > в среднем

  • 5 вместе взятые

    together словосочетание:
    taken one with another (вместе взятые, в среднем)

    Русско-английский синонимический словарь > вместе взятые

  • 6 GANGA

    * * *
    I)
    (geng; gekk, gengum; genginn), v.
    1) to walk (reið jarl, en Karkr gekk);
    2) to go;
    ganga heim, to go home;
    ganga braut, to go away;
    ganga til hvílu, to go to bed;
    ganga á skip, to go on board;
    ganga af skipi, to go ashore;
    with infin., ganga sofa or at sofa, to go to sleep;
    ganga at eiga konu, to marry a woman;
    3) to go about grazing, to graze (kálfrinn gekk í túni um sumarit);
    4) of a ship, to run, sail (gekk skipit brátt út á haf);
    5) to stretch out, extend, project (nes mikit gekk í sæ út);
    6) of report, tales, to be current (litlar sögur megu ganga af hesti mínum);
    gekk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter the French tongue prevailed in E.;
    8) of money, to be current (peningar þeir, sem nú ganga);
    of laws, to be valid (þau lög, er gengu á Uppsalaþingi);
    of sickness, plague, famine, to rage (þá gekk landfarsótt, drepsótt, hallæri);
    9) to go on, last (gnustu þá saman vápnin, ok gekk þat um hríð);
    impers., gekk því lengi, so it went on for a long while;
    10) láta ganga e-t, to let go on;
    láta höggin ganga, to rain blows;
    Birkibeinar létu ganga lúðrana, blew the trumpets vigorously;
    ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do;
    impers., svá þykt, at þeim gekk þar eigi at fara, so close, that they could not go on there;
    þeim gekk ekki fyrir nesit, they could not clear the ness;
    12) to turn out, go in a specified way;
    ganga andæris, to go all wrong;
    gekk þeim lítt atsókinn, they made little progress with the attack;
    impers., e-m gengr vel (illa), one fares (goes on, gets on) well (badly);
    13) with acc., ganga e-n á bak, to force one to go backwards (harm gengr bjöninn á bak);
    14) with dat., to discharge (gekk bann þá blóði);
    15) with preps. and adverbs:
    ganga af e-u, to depart from, leave (þá gekk af honum móðrinn);
    ganga af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits;
    ganga af trú sinni, to apostatize;
    to pass (síðan gengu af páskarnir);
    to go off (gekk þegar af höfuðit);
    to be left as surplus (þat er af skuldinni gekk);
    nú gengr honum hey af, now he has some hay left;
    ganga af sér, to go to extremities, to go beyond oneself (mjök ganga þeir fóstbrœðr nú af sé);
    ganga aptr, to revert (return) to the former proprietor (síðan gengu þau lönd aptr undir Árna);
    to be void, annulled (þá skal kaup aptr ganga);
    of a ghost, to walk again; of a door, to close, shut (gekk eigi aptr hurðin);
    ganga at e-m, to attack one;
    ganga at e-u, to agree to, accept a choice or offer (Flosi gekk fljótt at þessu öllu); to fit (skaltu fá mér lukla þá, sem ganga at kistum yðrum);
    ganga á e-t, to encroach upon (ganga á ríki e-s); to break (ganga á orð sín, eiða, grið, sættir, trygðir); to pierce, penetrate;
    hann var í panzara, er ekki gekk á, that was proof against any weapons;
    ganga á vald e-s or e-m, ganga á hönd (hendr) e-m, to submit to, give oneself up to, surrender to one;
    ganga á bak e-u, to contravene;
    ganga eptir e-u, to go for, go to fetch (göngum heim eptir verðinu); to pursue, claim;
    ganga eptir, to prove true, be fulfilled (þetta gekk allt eptir, sem M. sagði fyrir);
    ganga frá e-u, to part with, lose (sumir munu ganga frá öllu fénu);
    ganga fram, to step forward;
    ganga fram vel, to go forward bravely, in a battle;
    to come to pass, come into execution (skal þess bíða, er þetta gengr fram);
    to increase (fé Hall gerðar gekk fram ok gørðist allmikit);
    to depart this life (H. bóndi gengr fram til frænda sinna);
    ganga fyrir e-n, to present oneself before one (ganga fyrir konung);
    ganga fyrir e-u, to take charge of, manage (var þar mart fólk, en húsbóndi gekk svá fyrir, at ekkert skorti); to yield to, be swayed by (hann gekk þá fyrir fortölum hennar);
    ganga í gegn e-m, to set oneself against one;
    ganga í gegn e-u, to confess, acknowledge;
    maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðst tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away;
    ganga í mál, to undertake a case;
    ganga með e-m (of a woman), to marry;
    ganga með barni, to be with child;
    ganga með burði (of animals), to be with young;
    ganga með e-u, to assist in, plead (ganga með máli, bónorði);
    ganga milli (á m., í m.), to go between, intercede;
    ganga móti (á m., í m.) e-m, to go to meet one;
    ganga móti e-u, to resist, oppose;
    to confess, = ganga í gegn, ganga við e-u;
    ganga nær e-m, to be troublesome to one (þótti hón œrit nær ganga Þórgerði);
    ganga e-m nær, to approach, come near to one (sá hefir á brott komizt, er næst gekk Gunnari um alla hluti);
    ganga saman, to marry;
    of an agreement, bargain, to be brought about;
    saman gekk kaupit með þeim, they came to a bargain;
    ganga sundr (í s.), to go asunder, part;
    ganga til, to go up to a thing (gangit til ok hyggit at); of the wind, to veer (veðrit gekk til útsuðrs);
    en þat gekk mér til þess (that was my reason), at ek ann þér eigi;
    hversu hefir ykkr til gengit, how have you fared?
    Loka gekk lítt til, it fared ill with L.;
    ganga um e-t, to go about a thing;
    ganga um beina, to wait upon guests;
    ganga um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker;
    ganga um e-n, to befall, happen to one (þess, er um margan gengr guma); of the wind, to go round, veer (gekk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim); to manage (fékk hón svá um gengit, at);
    g. undir e-t, to take upon oneself, undertake (a duty);
    ganga undir e-n, to subject oneself to;
    ganga upp, to be wasted (of money);
    to get loose, to he torn loose (þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir á húsinu);
    of a storm, gale, to get up, rise (veðr gekk upp);
    of an ice-bound river, áin var gengin upp, swollen with ice;
    ganga við staf, to walk with a stick;
    ganga við e-u or e-t, to avow;
    ganga yfir e-t, to go beyond, disregard (hann vildi eigi ganga yfir þat, er hann vissi réttast);
    ganga yfir e-n, to overcome, to befall, happen to one;
    slíkt sem yfir hefir gengit, all that has happened;
    eitt skal yfir okkr ganga, we shall share one fate;
    16) refl., gangast.
    f.
    1) walking (hann mœddist í göngu);
    vera í göngu, to be on foot, to walk;
    2) course (ganga tungls, vinds).
    * * *
    pret. gekk or gékk, 2nd pers. gékkt, mod. gékst; pl. gengu, geingu, or géngu, and an old poët. gingu; gengengu in Vsp. 12 is a mere misspelling (vide Sæm. Möb. 258); pres. geng, pl. göngum; pret. subj. gengi (geingi); imperat. gakk and gakktú; with the neg. suffix geng-at, gengr-at, gékk-at, gakk-attu, passim; a middle form göngumk firr, go from me, Gm. 1: a contracted form gá occurs now and then in mod. hymns; it is not vernacular but borrowed from Germ. and Dan.: [cp. Ulf. gaggan; A. S. and Hel. gangan; Scot. and North. E. gang, mod. Engl. go; Dan.-Swed. gange or gå; Germ. gehen; Ivar Aasen ganga: Icel., Scots, and Norsemen have preserved the old ng, which in Germ. and Swed.-Dan. only remains in poetry or in a special sense, e. g. in Germ. compds.]
    A. To go:
    I. to walk; reið jarl en Karkr gékk, Fms. i. 210, Rm. 1, 2, 6, 14, 23, 24, 30, Edda 10, Grág. ii. 95, passim; ganga leiðar sinnar, to go one’s way, Fms. x. 290, Krók. 26: adding acc., g. alla leið, Fms. xi. 202, 299; g. berg, to climb a cliff; g. afréttar, to search the fell-pastures (fjallganga), Háv. 39; also g. ( to climb) í fjall, í kletta, Fms. x. 313: Icel. also say, ganga skó og sokka, to wear out shoes and socks; hann gékk tvenna skó; ganga berserks gang, q. v.
    β. absol. to go a-begging, Grág. i. 226, 232, Ísl. ii. 25; ganga vergang, húsgang, id. (göngumaðr).
    II. adding adverbs, infinitives, adjectives, or the like,
    α. an adverb denoting direction; g. út ok inn, Vkv. 4, Lv. 26; g. inn, Fms. i. 16, vi. 33; g. út, to go out, Lat. exire, Nj. 194; g. aptr, to return, Fms. x. 352; g. fram, to step forward, Hm. 1, Eg. 165; g. upp, to go up, ashore; g. ofan, niðr, to go down; g. heiman, 199; g. heim, to go home; gakk hingat, come hither! 488; g. móti, í gegn e-m, to go against, to meet one; g. braut, to go away; g. til e-s, or at e-m, to go to one; g. frá e-m, to leave one; g. með e-m, to go with one; g. hjá, to pass by; g. saman, to go together; g. yfir, to go over; g. gegnum, to go through; g. undir, to go under; g. undan, fyrir, to go before; g. eptir, to go behind; g. um, to rove, stroll about, and so on passim; g. í sæti, to go to one’s seat, take a seat, Eg. 551; g. til hvílu, to go to bed, Nj. 201; g. til matar, to go to dinner, Sturl. iii. 111, Eg. 483; g. til vinnu, verks, to go to one’s work, cp. Hm. 58; g. í kirkju, to go to church, Rb. 82; g. á fjall, to go on the fells, Hrafn. 34; g. á skip, to go on board, Fms. x. 10; g. af skipi, to go ashore.
    β. with infin., in old poems often dropping ‘at;’ ganga sofa, to go to sleep, Fm. 27; g. at sofa, Hm. 19; g. vega, to go to fight, Vsp. 56, Ls. 15; g. at eiga konu, to go to be married, Grág. i. 318.
    γ. with an adj.; g. hræddr, to be afraid; g. úviss, to be in ignorance, etc., Fms. vii. 271, Sks. 250, 688.
    2. in a more special sense; g. til einvígis, bardaga, to go to a duel, battle, Nj. 64; g. á hólm (hólmganga), Eg. 504, 506; g. á eintal, Nj. 103; g. til máls við e-n, to speak to one, Eg. 199, 764; g. í glímu, to go a-wrestling, Ísl. ii. 246; g. á fang, id., Ld. 206; g. í danz, to go a-dancing; g. til skripta, to go to shrift, Hom. 157; g. at brúðkaupi, to go to be married, Fms. vii. 278; g. í skóla, klaustr, to go to school, go into a cloister (as an inmate), (hence skóla-genginn, a school-man, scholar), Bs. passim; g. í þjónustu, to take service, Nj. 268; g. í lið með e-m, to enter one’s party, side with one, 100; g. í lög, to enter a league with one; g. ór lögum, to go out of a league, passim; g. í félag, ór félagi, id.; g. á mala, to take service as a soldier, 121; g. á hönd, g. til handa, to submit to one as a liegeman, surrender, Eg. 19, 33, Ó. H. 184, Fms. vii. 180; g. á vald e-m, to give oneself up, Nj. 267; g. á hendr e-m, to encroach upon, Ver. 56; g. í skuld, to bail, Grág. i. 232, Dipl. ii. 12; g. í trúnað, to warrant, Fms. xi. 356; g. til trygða, Nj. 166, and g. til griða, to accept truce, surrender, Fas. ii. 556; g. í mál, to enter, undertake a case, Nj. 31; g. í ánauð, to go into bondage, Eg. 8; g. til lands, jarðar, ríkis, arfs, to take possession of …, 118, Stj. 380, Grág., Fms. passim; g. til fréttar, to go to an oracle, take auspices, 625. 89; g. til Heljar, a phrase for to die, Fms. x. 414; g. nær, to go nigh, go close to, press hard on, Ld. 146, 322, Fms. xi. 240 (where reflex.); var sá viðr bæði mikill og góðr því at Þorkell gékk nær, Th. kept a close eye on it, Ld. 316.
    B. Joined with prepp. and adverbs in a metaph. sense:—g. af, to depart from, go off; þá gékk af honum móðrinn ok sefaðisk hann, Edda 28; þá er af honum gékk hamremin, Eg. 125, Eb. 136, Stj. 118; g. af sér, to go out of or beyond oneself; mjök g. þeir svari-bræðr nú af sér, Fbr. 32; í móti Búa er hann gengr af sér ( rages) sem mest, Fb. i. 193; þá gékk mest af sér ranglæti manna um álnir, Bs. i. 135: so in the mod. phrases, g. fram af sér, to overstrain oneself; and g. af sér, to fall off, decay: to forsake, g. af trú, to apostatize, Fms. ii. 213; g. af vitinu, to go out of one’s wits, go mad, Post. 656 C. 31; g. af Guðs boðorðum, Stj. passim: to pass. Páskar g. af, Ld. 200: to be left as surplus (afgangr), Rb. 122, Grág. i. 411, K. Þ. K. 92:—g. aptr, to walk again, of a ghost (aptrganga), Ld. 58, Eb. 278, Fs. 131, 141, passim; and absol., g. um híbýli, to hunt, Landn. 107: to go back, be void, of a bargain, Gþl. 491:—g. at e-m, to go at, attack, Nj. 80, 160: to press on, Grág. i. 51, Dipl. ii. 19 (atgangr): g. at e-u, to accept a choice, Nj. 256; g. at máli, to assist, help, 207: to fit, of a key, lykla þá sem g. at kístum yðrum, Finnb. 234, Fbr. 46 new Ed., N. G. L. i. 383: medic. to ail, e-ð gengr at e-m; ok gengr at barni, and if the bairn ails, 340, freq. in mod. usage of ailment, grief, etc.:—g. á e-t, to go against, encroach upon; ganga á ríki e-s, Fms. i. 2; g. upp á, to tread upon, vii. 166; hverr maðr er ólofat gengr á mál þeirra, who trespasses against their measure, Grág. i. 3: to break, g. á orð, eiða, sættir, trygðir, grið, Finnb. 311, Fms. i. 189, Ld. 234; g. á bak e-u, to contravene, Ísl. ii. 382; ganga á, to go on with a thing, Grág. ii. 363; hence the mod. phrase, mikið gengr á, much going on; hvað gengr á, what is going on? það er farið að g. á það (of a task or work or of stores), it is far advanced, not much left:—g. eptir, to go after, pursue, claim (eptirgangr), Nj. 154, Þórð. 67, Fms. vii. 5; g. eptir e-m, to humour one who is cross, in the phrase, g. eptir e-m með grasið í skónum; vertu ekki að g. eptir stráknum; hann vill láta g. eptir ser (of a spoilt boy, cross fellow): to prove true, follow, hón mælti mart, en þó gékk þat sumt eptir, Nj. 194; eptir gékk þat er mér bauð hugr um, Eg. 21, Fms. x. 211:—g. fram, to go on well in a battle, Nj. 102, 235, Háv. 57 (framgangr): to speed, Nj. 150, Fms. xi. 427: to grow, increase (of stock), fé Hallgerðar gékk fram ok varð allmikit, Nj. 22; en er fram gékk mjök kvikfé Skallagríms, Eg. 136, Vígl. 38: to come to pass, skal þess bíða er þetta gengr fram, Nj. 102, Fms. xi. 22: to die, x. 422:—g. frá, to leave (a work) so and so; g. vel frá, to make good work; g. ílla frá, to make bad work; það er ílla frá því gengið, it is badly done:—g. fyrir, to go before, to yield to, to be swayed by a thing; heldr nú við hót, en ekki geng ek fyrir slíku, Fms. i. 305; þó at vér gangim heldr fyrir blíðu en stríðu, ii. 34, Fb. i. 378, Hom. 68; hvárki gékk hann fyrir blíðyrðum né ógnarmálum, Fms. x. 292; hann gékk þá fyrir fortülum hennar, Bs. i. 742: in mod. usage reflex., gangast fyrir íllu, góðu: to give away, tók hann þá at ganga fyrir, Fb. i. 530: Icel. now say, reflex., gangast fyrir, to fall off, from age or the like (vide fyrirgengiligr): to prevent, skal honum þá eigi fyrnska fyrir g., N. G. L. i. 249; þá er hann sekr þrem mörkum nema nauðsyn gangi fyrir, 14; at þeim gangi lögleg forföll fyrir, Gþl. 12:—g. í gegn, to go against, to meet, in mod. usage to deny, and so it seems to be in Gþl. 156; otherwise in old writers it always means the reverse, viz. to avow, confess; maðr gengr í gegn, at á braut kveðsk tekit hafa, the man confessed and said that he had taken it away, Ísl. ii. 331; ef maðr gengr í gegn legorðinu, Grág. i. 340; sá goði er í gegn gékk ( who acknowledged) þingfesti hans, 20; hann iðraðisk úráðs síns, ok gékk í gegn at hann hefði saklausan selt herra sinn, Sks. 584,—this agrees with the parallel phrase, g. við e-t, mod. g. við e-u, to confess, both in old and mod. usage, id.:—g. hjá, to pass by, to waive a thing, Fms. vi. 168:—g. með, to go with one, to wed, marry (only used of a woman, like Lat. nubere), þú hefir þvert tekit at g. með mér, Ld. 262, Sd. 170, Grág. i. 178, Þiðr. 209, Gkv. 2. 27, Fms. xi. 5: medic., g. með barni, to go with child, i. 57; with acc. (barn), Bs. i. 790, and so in mod. usage; a mother says, sama sumarið sem eg gékk með hann (hana) N. N., (meðgöngutími); but dat. in the phrase, vera með barni, to be with child; g. með burði, of animals, Sks. 50, Stj. 70; g. með máli, to assist, plead, Eg. 523, Fms. xi. 105, Eb. 210; g. með e-u, to confess [Dan. medgaae], Stj., but rare and not vernacular:—g. milli, to go between, intercede, esp. as a peacemaker, passim (milli-ganga, meðal-ganga):—g. í móti, to resist, Nj. 90, 159, 171: of the tide, en þar gékk í móti útfalls-straumr, Eg. 600:—g. saman, to go together, marry, Grág. i. 324, Fms. xi. 77: of a bargain, agreement, við þetta gékk saman sættin, Nj. 250; saman gékk kaupit með þeim, 259:—g. sundr, to go asunder, part, and of a bargain, to be broken off, passim:—g. til, to step out, come along; gangit til, ok blótið, 623. 59; gangit til, ok hyggit at, landsmenn, Fms. iv. 282: to offer oneself, to volunteer, Bs. i. 23, 24: the phrase, e-m gengr e-ð til e-s, to purpose, intend; en þat gékk mér til þess ( that was my reason) at ek ann þér eigi, etc., Ísl. ii. 269; sagði, at honum gékk ekki ótrúnaðr til þessa, Fms. x. 39; gékk Flosa þat til, at …, Nj. 178; gengr mér meirr þat til, at ek vilda firra vini mína vandræðum, Fms. ii. 171; mælgi gengr mér til, ‘tis that I have spoken too freely, Orkn. 469, Fms. vi. 373, vii. 258: to fare, hversu hefir ykkr til gengið, how have you fared? Grett. 48 new Ed.; Loka gékk lítt til, it fared ill with L., Fb. i. 276: mod., þat gékk svá til, it so happened, but not freq., as bera við is better, (tilgangr, intention):—g. um e-t, to go about a thing; g. um sættir, to go between, as peacemaker, Fms. v. 156; g. um beina, to attend guests, Nj. 50, passim: to manage, fékk hón svá um gengit, Grett. 197 new Ed.; hversu þér genguð um mitt góðs, 206: to spread over, in the phrase, má þat er um margan gengr; þess er um margan gengr guma, Hm. 93: to veer, go round, of the wind, gékk um veðrit ok styrmdi at þeim, the wind went round and a gale met them, Bs. i. 775:—g. undan, to go before, escape, Ver. 15, Fms. vii. 217, Blas. 49: to be lost, wasted, jafnmikit sem undan gékk af hans vanrækt, Gþl. 338: to absent oneself, eggjuðusk ok báðu engan undan g., Fms. x. 238:—g. undir, to undertake a duty, freq.: to set, of the sun, Rb. 468, Vígl. (in a verse): to go into one’s possession, power, Fms. vii. 207;—g. upp, to be wasted, of money, Fær. 39, Fms. ix. 354: of stones or earth-bound things, to get loose, be torn loose, þeir glímdu svá at upp gengu stokkar allir í húsinu, Landn. 185; flest gékk upp þat sem fyrir þeim varð, Háv. 40, Finnb. 248; ok gékk ór garðinum upp ( was rent loose) garðtorfa frosin, Eb. 190: to rise, yield, when summoned, Sturl. iii. 236: of a storm, gale, to get up, rise, veðr gékk upp at eins, Grett. 94, Bárð. 169; gengr upp stormr hinn sami, Bs. ii. 50: of an ice-bound river, to swell, áin var ákafliga mikil, vóru höfuðísar at báðum-megin, en gengin upp ( swoln with ice) eptir miðju, Ld. 46, Fbr. 20 new Ed., Bjarn. 52; vötnin upp gengin, Fbr. 114; áin var gengin upp ok íll yfirferðar, Grett. 134:—g. við, in the phrase, g. við staf, to go with a staff, rest on it: with dat., g. við e-u, to avow (vide ganga í gegn above):—g. yfir, to spread, prevail, áðr Kristnin gengi yfir, Fms. x. 273; hétu á heiðin goð til þess at þau léti eigi Kristnina g. yfir landit, Bs. i. 23: the phrase, láta eitt g. yfir báða, to let one fate go over both, to stand by one another for weal and woe; hefi ek því heitið honum at eitt skyldi g. yfir okkr bæði, Nj. 193, 201, 204, Gullþ. 8: so in the saying, má þat er yfir margan gengr, a common evil is easier to bear, Fbr. 45 new Ed. (vide um above); muntu nú verða at segja slíkt sem yfir hefir gengið, all that has happened, Fms. xi. 240; þess gengr ekki yfir þá at þeir vili þeim lengr þjóna, they will no longer serve them, come what may, Orkn. 84: to overrun, tyrannize over, þeir vóru ójafnaðar menn ok ganga þar yfir alla menn, Fms. x. 198 (yfirgangr): to transgress, Hom. 109: to overcome, þótti öllum mönnum sem hann mundi yfir allt g., Fms. vii. 326: a naut. term, to dash over, as spray, áfall svá mikit at yfir gékk þegar skipit, Bs. i. 422; hence the metaph. phrase, g. yfir e-n, to be astonished; það gengr yfir mig, it goes above me, I am astonished.
    C. Used singly, of various things:
    1. of cattle, horses, to graze (haga-gangr); segja menn at svín hans gengi á Svínanesi, en sauðir á Hjarðarnesi, Landn. 124, Eg. 711; kálfrinn óx skjótt ok gékk í túni um sumarit, Eb. 320; Freyfaxi gengr í dalnum fram, Hrafn. 6; þar var vanr at g. hafr um túnit, Nj. 62; þar var til grass (görs) at g., Ld. 96, Grág. passim; gangandi gripr, cattle, beasts, Bjarn. 22; ganganda fé, id., Sturl. i. 83, Band. 2, Ísl. ii. 401.
    2. of shoals of fish, to go up, in a river or the like (fiski-ganga, -gengd); vötn er netnæmir fiskar g. í, Grág. i. 149; til landauðnar horfði í Ísafirði áðr fiskr gékk upp á Kvíarmiði, Sturl. ii. 177; fiskr er genginn inn ór álum, Bb. 3. 52.
    3. of the sun, stars, vide B. above, (sólar-gangr hæstr, lengstr, and lægstr skemstr = the longest and shortest day); áðr sól gangi af Þingvelli, Grág. i. 24; því at þar gékk eigi sól af um skamdegi, Landn. 140, Rb. passim:—of a thunder-storm, þar gékk reiði-duna með eldingu, Fb. iii. 174:—of the tide, stream, water, vide B. above, eða gangi at vötn eða skriður, K. Þ. K. 78.
    4. of a ship, gékk þá skipit mikit, Eg. 390, Fms. vi. 249; létu svá g. suðr fyrir landit, Eg. 78; lét svá g. suðr allt þar til er hann sigldi í Englands-haf, Ó. H. 149; réru nótt ok dag sem g. mátti, Eg. 88; gékk skipit brátt út á haf, Ó. H. 136.
    β. to pass; kvað engi skip skyldi g. (go, pass) til Íslands þat sumar, Ld. 18.
    II. metaph. to run out, stretch out, project, of a landscape or the like; gengr haf fyrir vestan ok þar af firðir stórir, Eg. 57; g. höf stór ór útsjánum inn í jörðina; haf (the Mediterranean) gengr af Njörva-sundum (the Straits of Gibraltar), Hkr. i. 5; nes mikit gékk í sæ út, Eg. 129, Nj. 261; í gegnum Danmörk gengr sjór (the Baltic) í Austrveg, A. A. 288; fyrir austan hafs-botn þann (Bothnia) er gengr til móts við Gandvík (the White Sea), Orkn. begin.: frá Bjarmalandi g. lönd til úbygða, A. A. 289; Europa gengr allt til endimarka Hispaniae, Stj. 83; öllum megin gengr at henni haf ok kringir um hana, 85; þessi þinghá gékk upp ( extended) um Skriðudal, Hrafn. 24: of houses, af fjósi gékk forskáli, Dropl. 28.
    2. to spread, branch out; en af því tungurnar eru ólíkar hvár annarri, þær þegar, er ór einni ok hinni sömu hafa gengit eða greinzt, þá þarf ólíka stafi í at hafa, Skálda (Thorodd) 160: of a narrative, gengr þessi saga mest af Sverri konungi, this story goes forth from him, i. e. relates to, tells of him, Fb. ii. 533; litlar sögur megu g. af hesti mínum, Nj. 90; um fram alla menn Norræna þá er sögur g. frá, Fms. i. 81.
    III. to take the lead, prevail; gékk þaðan af í Englandi Valska, thereafter (i. e. after the Conquest) the Welsh tongue prevailed in England, Ísl. ii. 221; ok þar allt sem Dönsk tunga gengi, Fms. xi. 19; meðan Dönsk tunga gengr, x. 179:—of money, to be current, hundrað aura þá er þá gengu í gjöld, Dropl. 16; eigi skulu álnar g. aðrar en þessar, Grág. i. 498; í þenna tíð gékk hér silfr í allar stórskuldir, 500, Fms. viii. 270; eptir því sem gengr ( the course) flestra manna í millum, Gþl. 352:—of laws, to be valid, ok var nær sem sín lög gengi í hverju fylki, Fms. iv. 18; Óðinn setti lög í landi sínu þau er gengit höfðu fyrr með Ásum, Hkr. i. 13; þeirra laga er gengu á Uppsala-þingi, Ó. H. 86; hér hefir Kristindóms-bálk þann er g. skal, N. G. L. i. 339; sá siðr er þá gékk, Fb. i. 71, (vide ganga yfir):—of sickness, plague, famine, to rage, þá gékk landfarsótt, bóla, drepsótt, hallæri, freq.; also impers., gékk því hallæri um allt Ísland, Bs. i. 184; mikit hallæri ok hart gékk yfir fólkið, 486, v. l.; gékk sóttin um haustið fyrir sunnan land; þá gékk mest plágan fyrri, Ann. 1402, 1403.
    IV. to go on, last, in a bad sense, of an evil; tókst síðan bardagi, ok er hann hafði gengit um hríð, Fs. 48: impers., hefir þessu gengit ( it has gone on) marga manns-aldra, Fms. i. 282; gékk því lengi, so it went on a long while, Grett. 79 new Ed.; gékk þessu enn til dags, Nj. 272; ok gékk því um hríð, 201; ok gékk því allan þann dag, Fms. vii. 147; lát því g. í allt sumar, xi. 57; gengr þessu þar til er …, Fb. i. 258.
    V. denoting violence; létu g. bæði grjót ok vápn, Eg. 261; létu þá hvárir-tveggju g. allt þat er til vápna höfðu, Fms. ix. 44; láta höggin g., to let it rain blows, Úlf. 12. 40; háðung, spottyrði, hróp ok brigzl hver lét með öðrum g. á víxl, Pass. 14. 3, (vápna-gangr); Birkibeinar róa þá eptir, ok létu g. lúðrana, and sounded violently the alarum, Fms. ix. 50, (lúðra-gangr); láta dæluna g., to pour out bad language, vide dæla.
    VI. to be able to go on, to go, partly impers.; ef þat gengr eigi, if that will not do, Fms. vi. 284; svá þykt at þeim gékk þar ekki at fara, they stood so close that they could not proceed there, Nj. 247; þá nam þar við, gékk þá eigi lengra, there was a stop; then it could go no farther, Fms. xi. 278; leiddu þeir skipit upp eptir ánni, svá sem gékk, as far as the ship could go, as far as the river was navigable, Eg. 127: esp. as a naut. term, impers., e. g. þeim gékk ekki fyrir nesið, they could not clear the ness; þá gengr eigi lengra, ok fella þeir þá seglið, Bs. i. 423; at vestr gengi um Langanes, 485, v. l.
    VII. with adverbs; g. létt, fljótt, to go smoothly; g. þungt, seint, to go slowly; oss munu öll vápna-viðskipti þungt g. við þá, Nj. 201; þungt g. oss nú málaferlin, 181; gékk þeim lítt atsóknin, Stj. 385; at þeim feðgum hefði þá allir hlutir léttast gengit, Bs. i. 274; seint gengr, Þórir, greizlan, Ó. H. 149; g. betr, verr, to get the better, the worse; gékk Ribbungum betr í fyrstu, Fms. ix. 313; gengu ekki mjök kaupin, the bargain did not go well, Nj. 157, cp. ganga til (B. above):—to turn out, hversu g. mundi orrostan, 273; gékk þá allt eptir því sem Hallr hafði sagt, 256; ef kviðir g. í hag sækjanda, if the verdict goes for the plaintiff, Grág. i. 87; þótti þetta mál hafa gengit at óskum, Dropl. 14; mart gengr verr en varir, a saying, Hm. 39; þykir honum nú at sýnu g. ( it seems to him evident) at hann hafi rétt hugsað, Fms. xi. 437; g. andæris, to go all wrong, Am. 14; g. misgöngum, to go amiss, Grág. i. 435; g. e-m í tauma, to turn false ( crooked); þat mun mér lítt í tauma g. er Rútr segir, Nj. 20; g. ofgangi, to go too high, Fms. vii. 269.
    VIII. of a blow or the like; hafði gengit upp á miðjan fetann, the axe went in up to the middle of the blade, Nj. 209; gékk þegar á hol, 60; gékk í gegnum skjöldinn, 245, Fb. i. 530.
    IX. of law; láta próf g., to make an enquiry; láta vátta g., to take evidence, D. N.
    X. to be gone, be lost; gékk hér með holdit niðr at beini, the flesh was torn off, Fb. i. 530: esp. in pass. part. genginn, dead, gone, eptir genginn guma, Hm. 71; moldar-genginn, buried, Sl. 60; hel-genginn, 68; afli genginn, gone from strength, i. e. powerless, Skv. 3. 13.
    β. gone, past; gengið er nú það görðist fyr, a ditty; mér er gengið heimsins hjól, gone for me is the world’s wheel ( luck), a ditty.
    XI. used as transit. with acc.; hann gengr björninn á bak aptr, he broke the bear’s back in grappling with him, Finnb. 248; ok gengr hana á bak, ok brýtr í sundr í henni hrygginn, Fb. i. 530.
    2. medic. with dat. to discharge; ganga blóði, to discharge blood (Dan. blodgang), Bs. i. 337, 383; Arius varð bráðdauðr ok gékk ór sér öllum iðrum, Ver. 47.
    D. REFLEX.:
    I. singly, gangask, to be altered, to change, be corrupted; gangask í munni, of tradition; var þat löng ævi, ok vant at sögurnar hefði eigi gengisk í munni, Ó. H. pref.; má því eigi þetta mál í munni gengisk hafa, Fb. ii. Sverr. S. pref.; ok mættim vér ráða um nokkut, at málit gengisk, that the case could miscarry, be lost, Glúm. 380:—láta gangask, to let pass. waive; lét Páll þá g. þá hluti er áðr höfðu í millum staðit, Sturl. i. 102; ef þú lætr eigi g. þat er ek kref þik, Fms. xi. 61.
    2. e-m gengsk hugr við e-t, to change one’s mind, i. e. to be moved to compassion, yield; sótti hón þá svá at honum gékksk hugr við, Eb. 264; þá gékksk Þorgerði hugr við harma-tölur hans, Ld. 232; ok mun honum g. hugr við þat, svá at hann mun fyrirgefa þér, Gísl. 98; nú sem hann grét, gékksk Ísak hugr við, Stj. 167; er sendimaðr fann at Birni gékksk hugr við féit, Ó. H. 194; við slíkar fortölur hennar gékksk Einari hugr (E. was swayed) til ágirni, Orkn. 24.
    II. with prepp. (cp. B. above); gangask at, to ‘go at it,’ engage in a fight; nú gangask þeir at fast, Dropl. 24, Ísl. ii. 267; gengusk menn at sveitum, of wrestlers, they wrestled one with another in sections (Dan. flokkevis), Glúm. 354; þeir gengusk at lengi, Finnb. 248:—gangask fyrir, vide B. above:—gangask í gegn, at móti, to stand against, fight against; at vér látim ok eigi þá ráða er mest vilja í gegn gangask (i. e. the extreme on each side), Íb. 12, cp. Fms. ii. 241; at þeir skipaði til um fylkingar sínar, hverjar sveitir móti skyldi g., i. e. to pair the combatants off, ix. 489; þeir risu upp ok gengusk at móti, Stj. 497. 2 Sam. ii. 15:—g. nær, to come to close quarters (Lat. cominus gerere), Nj. 176, Fms. xi. 240:—gangask á, to dash against one another, to split; á gengusk eiðar, the oaths were broken, Vsp. 30: to be squared off against one another, sú var görð þeirra, at á gengusk vígin húskarlanna, Rd. 288; ekki er annars getið en þeir léti þetta á gangask, i. e. they let it drop, Bjarn. 47; gangask fyrir, to fall off, Fms. iii. 255:—gangask við, to grow, gain strength; áðr en við gengisk hans bæn, before his prayer should be fulfilled, x. 258; ef þat er ætlað at trúa þessi skuli við g., Nj. 162; hétu þeir fast á guðin, at þau skyldi eigi láta við garrgask Kristniboð Ólafs konungs, Fms. ii. 32; þetta gékksk við um öll þau fylki, vii. 300; mikit gékksk Haraldr við (H. grew fast) um vöxt ok afl, Fb. i. 566; Eyvindr hafði mikið við gengizk um menntir, E. had much improved himself in good breeding, Hrafn. 24; vildi hann prófa hvárr þeirra meira hafði við gengisk, which of them had gained most strength, Grett. 107: to be in vogue, in a bad sense, ok löngum við gengisk öfund ok rangindi, Fms. i. 221, cp. Pass. 37. 7:—gangask ór stað, to be removed, Fms. xi. 107.
    III. in the phrase, e-m gengsk vel, ílla, it goes well, ill with one, Hom. 168, Am. 53; ílls gengsk þér aldri, nema …, the evil will never leave thee, thou wilt never be happy, unless …, 65.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > GANGA

  • 7 εἰμί

    A sum), [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἔμμι Sapph.2.15, Theoc.20.32; Cret. [full] ἠμί GDI 4959a; [ per.] 2sg. εἶ, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion.

    εἰς Od.17.388

    , al., [dialect] Aeol. ἔσσι, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Dor.

    ἐσσί Il.1.176

    , Pi.O.6.90, Sophr.134;

    ἐσί GDI4959a

    ; [ per.] 3sg. ἐστί, [dialect] Dor.

    ἐντί IG12(1).677

    ([place name] Rhodes), Theoc.1.17, etc.; [ per.] 3 dual

    ἐστόν Th.3.112

    ; [ per.] 1pl. ἐσμέν, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. εἰμέν (also in Pi.P.3.60),

    ἐμέν Call.Fr. 294

    , [dialect] Dor.

    εἰμές Theoc.15.73

    , but

    ἠμέν GDI5178.34

    ; [ per.] 3pl. εἰσί ([etym.] - ίν), [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἔασι ([etym.] - ιν) Il.7.73, Xenoph.8.1, Antim.29, Herod.4.84, [dialect] Dor.

    ἐντί Pi.N.1.24

    , Theoc.11.45, IG9(1).32.22 ([place name] Phocis), etc.: imper. ἴσθι (

    ἔσθι Hecat.361

    J.), [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also in [voice] Med. form

    ἔσσο Od.3.200

    , Sapph.1.28, Maced.Pae.31, late Prose

    ἔσο Plu.2.241d

    , M.Ant.3.5, Hld.5.12, Porph.Marc.34; [ per.] 3sg. ἔστω (

    ἤτω LXXPs.103.31

    , and late Inscrr., CIG2664, al.; but in Pl.R. 361c leg. ἴτω), [dialect] Dor. εἴτω, ἤτω, Heraclid. ap. Eust.1411.21, Elean

    ἤστω Schwyzer 424

    ; [ per.] 3pl. ἔστωσαν, but

    ἔστων Hom.

    , Pl.R. 502a,

    ὄντων Id.Lg. 879b

    , and early [dialect] Att. Inscrr., IG12.22, etc. ( ἔστωσαν first in ii B. C., ib.22.1328), [dialect] Dor. ἐόντων ib.1126: subj. ὦ, ᾖς, ᾖ, [dialect] Ep.

    ἔω Od.9.18

    ; [ per.] 3sg.

    ἔῃ Il.12.300

    ,al. (also

    ἔῃσι 2.366

    , al., ᾖσι ([etym.] ν) 19.202, Hes.Op. 294), also [dialect] Boeot.

    ἔνθω IG7.3172.165

    ,

    μετείω Il.23.47

    and perh.

    εἴῃ 9.245

    , etc.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.

    ὦντι SIG940.3

    ([place name] Crete),

    ἔωντι GDI5040.14

    ([place name] Hierapytna), [dialect] Boeot.

    ἴωνθι IG7.3171.46

    (iii B. C.): opt. εἴην, -ης (

    εἴησθα Thgn.715

    ), -η, also ἔοις, ἔοι, Il.9.284, 142, al., cf. Hdt.7.6; [ per.] 3pl.

    εἴοισαν Ἀρχ. Ἐφ. 1911.133

    ([place name] Gonni); [ per.] 3 dual

    εἴτην Pl. Prm. 149e

    , Sph. 243e; [ per.] 1pl.

    εἶμεν E.Alc. 921

    (lyr.), Pl.; [ per.] 2pl.

    εἶτε Od. 21.195

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    εἶεν Il.2.372

    , etc.,

    εἴησαν Hdt.1.2

    , etc.; Elean ἔα, = εἴη, SIG9 (vi B. C.), and σύν-εαν, = συνεῖεν, GDI 1149 (vi B. C.): inf. εἶναι, Arc.

    ἦναι SIG306.9

    (Tegea, iv B. C.); [dialect] Ep. ἔμμεναι (also [dialect] Aeol.

    ἔμμεν' Sapph.34

    ), ἔμμεν (also Pi.P.6.42, S.Ant. 623 (lyr.)), ἔμεναι, ἔμεν, also

    ἔμειν SIG1166

    ([place name] Dodona); [dialect] Dor. εἶμεν Foed. ap. Th.5.77,79, IG7.1.7 ([place name] Megara),

    ἦμεν Test.Epict.5.16

    , Tab.Heracl.1.75, Cret. ἦμεν or

    ἤμην Leg.Gort.1.15

    , al., GDI4998i 2, al., Megar.

    εἴμεναι Ar.Ach. 775

    ,

    εἴμειν IG12(1).155.100

    ([place name] Rhodes), 14.952 ([place name] Agrigentum); εἶν ib. 12(9).211.10 ([place name] Eretria), SIG135.4 ([place name] Olynthus), etc.: part. ὤν, [dialect] Ep. ἐών, ἐοῦσα, ἐόν, Cypr.

    ἰών Inscr.Cypr.135.23

    H.; [dialect] Boeot. fem.

    ἰῶσα IG 7.3172.116

    (Orchom.), [dialect] Aeol. and [dialect] Dor. fem.

    ἔσσα Sapph.75.4

    , IG4.952.2 (Epid.), Theoc.28.16,

    ἐοῖσα Pi.P.4.265

    ,

    ἔασσα Lyr.Alex.Adesp. 9

    , Diotog. ap. Stob.4.7.62,

    εὖσα Erinn.5.5

    (also [dialect] Ion., Herod.5.16,

    εὔντων 2.85

    ),

    ἐᾶσα Ti.Locr.96d

    , IG5(1).1470.8 ([place name] Messene),

    ἴαττα Leg.Gort.8.47

    ; acc. sg.

    εὖντα Theoc.2.3

    ; nom. sg. εἴς in Heraclid. ap. Eust.1756.13, pl.

    ἔντες Tab.Heracl.1.117

    ; dat. pl. ἔντασσι ib.104; gen. pl.

    παρ-έντων Alcm. 64

    : [tense] impf.

    ἦν Il.2.77

    , etc., [dialect] Ep. ἔον (also [dialect] Aeol., Alc.127, Sapph.Oxy. 1787 Fr.3 ii 21), in [dialect] Att. (dub. in [dialect] Aeol., Alc. Supp.14.9), Ar.Pl.77, Pl.Phd. 61b, etc., but usu. altered to ἦν in codd. (and ἦν is required by metre in E. Ion 280), [var] contr. from [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Ion. ἦα (Il.5.808, al., IG12(8).449.2 ([place name] Thasos), whence Hom.and later [dialect] Ion.

    ἔᾱ Il.4.321

    , al.,

    ἔας Hdt.1.187

    ,

    ἔατε Id.4.119

    ); [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3sg. ἦεν, always with ν in Hom.; ἔην as [ per.] 1sg., only Il.11.762 (s. v.l., al. ἔον), freq. as [ per.] 3sg. (generally before a consonant, so that ἔεν is possible), sts. also ἤην; [ per.] 2sg. ἦσθα, later ἦς (wh. is v.l. in Pi.I.1.26), sts. in LXX (Jd. 11.35, Ru.3.2,al.), cf. Pl.Ax. 365e, Erinn.4.4, Ev.Matt.25.21, al.,

    ἦσθας Men.Epit. 156

    , [dialect] Ep. ἔησθα; [ per.] 3sg. ἦν, [dialect] Ep. ἔην, ἤην, ἦεν (v. supr.), [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.

    ἦς Alc.Supp.30.1

    , Epich.102, Sophr.59, Theoc.2.90, SIG241.145 (Delph.); [ per.] 3 dual

    ἤστην Il.5.10

    , E.Hipp. 387, Ar.Eq. 982, Pl.Euthd. 272a, al.; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 1pl.

    ἦμες Plu.Lyc.21

    ; [ per.] 2pl.

    ἦτε Pl.Euthd. 276c

    ,

    ἦστε Ar. Pax 821

    , Ec. 1086; [ per.] 3pl. ἦσαν, [dialect] Ion. and Poet. ἔσαν (in Hes.Th. 321, 825, ἦν is not pl. for ἦσαν, but is rather a peculiarity of syntax, v. infr. v, but is [ per.] 3pl. in Epich.46, al., SIG560.15 (Epidamnus, iii B. C.)); [dialect] Aeol.

    ἔον Schwyzer 644.12

    ; later

    ἤμην PSI4.362.21

    (iii B. C.), SIG527.46 (Crete, iii B. C.), IGRom.4.1740 ([place name] Cyme), always in LXX as Ba.1.19, cf. Ev.Matt.23.30, Plu.2.174a, etc., and sts. in codd. of earlier writers, Lys.7.34, Trag.Adesp. 124 (cited from E. Hel. 931 by Choerob. and from Id.Tr. 474 by Aps.), X.Cyr.6.1.9, Hyp.Ath.26, [ per.] 2sg.

    ἦσο Epigr.Gr.379

    ([place name] Aezani), [ per.] 3sg.

    ἦστο Supp.Epigr. 1.455.7

    ([place name] Phrygia), [ per.] 1pl.

    ἤμεθα PPetr.2p.11

    (iii B. C.), LXX Ba.1.19, 1 Ki.25.16, Ep.Eph.2.3; subj.

    ὦμαι PBaden 48.12

    (ii B. C.), ἦται GDI 1696, ἦνται prob. in IG5(1).1390.83 ([place name] Andania); [dialect] Ion. and [dialect] Ep. also ἔσκον, used by A.Pers. 656 (lyr.): [tense] fut. ἔσομαι, ἔσται, [dialect] Ep. and [dialect] Aeol. also ἔσσομαι, ἔσεται, ἔσσεται; [dialect] Aeol. [ per.] 2sg. ἔσσῃ prob. in Alc.67,87; [dialect] Dor. 2 and [ per.] 3sg. ἐσσῇ, ἐσσεῖται, Il.2.393, 13.317, Theoc.10.5, [ per.] 3pl. ἐσσοῦνται Foed. ap. Th.5.77 codd. (but

    ἔσσονται Tab.Heracl.1.113

    ), inf.

    ἐσσεῖσθαι Sophr.57

    .—All forms of the [tense] pres.ind. are enclitic (exc. [ per.] 2sg. εἶ and [ per.] 3pl. ἔασι); but [ per.] 3sg. is written ἔστι when it begins a sentence or verse, or when it immediately follows οὐκ, καί, εἰ, ὡς, ἀλλά, or τοῦτ', Hdn.Gr.1.553 (also μή acc. to EM301.3); later Gramm. wrote ἔστι as Subst. Verb, Phot., Eust.880.22.
    A as the Subst. Verb,
    I of persons, exist,

    οὐκ ἔσθ' οὗτος ἀνήρ, οὐδ' ἔσσεται Od.16.437

    ; ἔτ' εἰσί they are still in being, 15.433, cf. S.Ph. 445, etc.;

    τεθνηῶτος.. μηδ' ἔτ' ἐόντος Od.1.289

    ; οὐκέτ' ἐστί he is no more, E.Hipp. 1162; οὐδὲ δὴν ἦν he was not long- lived, Il.6.131; ὁ οὐκ ὤν, οἱ οὐκ ὄντες, of those who are no more, Th.2.45,44; οἱ ὄντες the living, Plb.9.29.2; ὁ ὤν the Eternal, LXX Ex.3.14, al., Ph.1.289;

    θεοὶ αἰὲν ἐόντες Il.1.290

    ; ἐσσόμενοι posterity, 2.119;

    κἀγὼ γὰρ ἦ ποτ', ἀλλὰ νῦν οὐκ εἴμ' ἔτι E.Hec. 284

    ; ὡς ἂν εἶεν ἅνθρωποι might continue in being, Pl.Smp. 190c;

    ζώντων καὶ ὄντων Ἀθηναίων D.18.72

    , cf. Arist.GC 318b25; of things, εἰ ἔστι ἀληθέως [ἡ τράπεζα] Hdt.3.17, etc.; of cities,

    ὄλωλεν, οὐδ' ἔτ' ἐστὶ Τροία E.Tr. 1292

    , cf. Heracl. 491; δοκεῖ μοι Καρχηδόνα μὴ εἶναι censeo Carthaginem esse delendam, Plu.Cat.Ma.27; ἂν ᾖ τὸ στράτευμα be in existence, D.8.17; of money, to be in hand,

    τῶν ὄντων χρημάτων καὶ τῶν προσιόντων IG12.91.25

    ; τὰ ὄντα property, Pl.Grg. 511a, Plu.Ant.24, etc.; τὸ ἐσόμενον ἐκ .. future revenue from.., BCH46.420 (Olymos, i B. C.); of place, τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν the local church, Act.Ap.13.1; of time, τοῦ ὄντος μηνός in the current month, BGU146.4, etc.; in office,

    ἱερέων τῶν ὄντων PPar.5.4

    (ii B. C.); αἱ οὖσαι [ἐξουσίαι] the powers that be, Ep. Rom.13.1.
    II of the real world, be, opp. become,

    γίγνεται πάντα ἃ δή φαμεν εἶναι Pl.Tht. 152d

    , etc.; τὸ ὄν Being, Parm.8.35, Protag.2, Pl.Ti. 27d, etc.; opp. τὸ μὴ ὄν, Gorg.Fr.3 D., etc.;

    οὐδὲν γίνεται ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος Epicur.Ep. 1p.5U.

    ;

    ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων ἐποίησεν αὐτὰ ὁ θεός LXX 2 Ma.7.28

    ; τὰ ὄντα the world of things, Heraclit.7, Emp.129.5, etc.; ὄνindecl., τῶν ὂν εἰδῶν species of Being, Plot.6.2.10.
    2 of circumstances, events, etc., to happen,

    τά τ' ἐόντα, τά τ' ἐσσόμενα, πρό τ' ἐόντα Il.1.70

    ;

    ἡ ἐσβολὴ ἔμελλεν ἔσεσθαι Th.2.13

    , etc.; τῆς προδοσίας οὔσης since treachery was there, Id.4.103; ἕως ἂν ὁ πόλεμος ᾖ so long as it last, Id.1.58;

    αἱ σπονδαὶ ἐνιαυτὸν ἔσονται Id.4.118

    ; τί ἐστιν; what is it? what's the matter? Ar.Th. 193; τί οὖν ἦν τοῦτο; how came it to pass? Pl.Phd. 58a: repeated with a relat. to avoid a positive assertion, ἔστι δ' ὅπῃ νῦν ἔ. things are as they are, i.e. are ill, A.Ag.67.
    III be the fact or the case, διπλασίαν ἂν τὴν δύναμιν εἰκάζεσθαι ἤ ἐστιν twice as large as it really is, Th.1.10; αὐτὸ ὅ ἐστι καλόν beauty in its essence, Pl.Smp. 211c, cf. Phd. 74b; freq. in part., τὸν ἐόντα λόγον λέγειν or φαίνειν the true story, Hdt.1.95, 116; τῷ ἐόντι χρήσασθαι tell the truth, ib. 30;

    τὰ ὄντα ἀπαγγέλλειν Th.7.8

    ; σκῆψιν οὐκ οὖσαν, λόγον οὐκ ὄντα, S.El. 584, Ar.Ra. 1052; τῷ ὄντι in reality, in fact, Pl.Prt. 328d, etc.; to apply a quotation to a case in point, τῷ ὄντι κλαυσίγελως real 'smiles through tears' (with allusion to Il.6.484), X.HG7.2.9, cf. Pl. La. 196d; κατὰ τὸ ἐόν according to the fact, rightly, Hdt.1.97; πᾶν τὸ ἐόν the whole truth, Id.9.11;

    τοῦ ἐόντος ἀποτεύξεται Hp.VM 2

    .
    IV folld. by the relat., οὐκ ἔστιν ὅς or ὅστις no one,

    οὐκ ἔσθ' ὃς.. ἀπαλάλκοι Il.22.348

    ;

    οὐκ ἔ. οὐδεὶς ὅς E.El. 903

    ; οὐκ ἔ. ὅτῳ, = οὐδενί, A.Pr. 293 (anap.), cf. 989: freq. in pl., εἰσὶν οἵ, = Lat. sunt qui, used exactly like ἔνιοι, Th.6.88, 7.44, Pl.Men. 77d, Grg. 503a, etc. ( εἰσί τινες οἵ .. Th.3.24); ἐστὶν ἃ χωρία, πολίσματα, Id.1.12,65;

    ἐστὶν ἃ εἰπεῖν Id.2.67

    ;

    ἦσαν οἵ X.An.5.2.14

    ; the sg. Verb is used even with masc. and fem. pl., ἐστὶν οἵ, αἵ, Hp.Fract.1, VC4, X.Cyr.2.3.16; more freq. in oblique cases,

    ποταμῶν ἐστὶ ὧν Hdt.7.187

    ;

    ἐστὶν ἀφ' ὧν Th.8.65

    ; ἐστὶ παρ' οἷς, ἐστὶν ἐν οἷς, Id.1.23, 5.25: in questions ὅστις is used, ἔστιν ἥντινα δόξαν.. ἀπεκρίνατο; Pl.Men. 85b: with relat. Particles, ἐστὶν ἔνθα, = Lat. est ubi, X.Cyr.7.4.15, etc.; ἐ. ὅπῃ, ἔσθ' ὅπου, somehow, somewhere, Pl.Prt. 331d, A.Eu. 517, S.OT 448, etc.; in questions expecting a neg. answer, ἐ. ὁπόθεν, ὅπως; Pl.Phlb. 35a, R. 493e, etc.;

    οὐ γάρ ἐσθ' ὅπως Pi.Fr.61

    , cf. Hdt.7.102, A.Ag. 620; οὐκ ἔ. ὅπως οὐ in any case, necessarily, Ar. Pax 188;

    οὐκ ἔ. ὡς Pl. Men. 76e

    , etc.; ἐ. ὅτε, ἔσθ' ὅτε, sometimes, Pi.Fr.180.2, S.Aj.56, Th. 7.21, etc.
    V ἦν is sts. used with pl. masc. and fem., usu. at the beginning of a sentence, there was,

    τῆς δ' ἦν τρεῖς κεφαλαί Hes.Th. 321

    ; (but in

    ἦν δ' ἐρῳδιοί τε πολλοί Epich.46

    , cf. 59, al., it may be taken as [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl.);

    ἦν δ' ἀμφίπλεκτοι κλίμακες S.Tr. 520

    (lyr.); ἦν ἄρα κἀκεῖνοι ταλακάρδιοι Epigr. ap. Aeschin.3.184; less freq.

    ἔστι, ἔστι δὲ μεταξὺ.. ἑπτὰ στάδιοι Hdt.1.26

    , cf. 7.34;

    ἔστι.. ἄρχοντές τε καὶ δῆμος Pl.R. 463a

    ; before dual Nouns, Ar.V.58, Pl.Grg. 500d.
    VI ἔστι impers., c. inf., it is possible,

    ἔστι γὰρ ἀμφοτέροισιν ὀνείδεα μυθήσασθαι Il.20.246

    ;

    ἔστι μὲν εὕδειν, ἔστι δὲ τερπομένοισιν ἀκούειν Od. 15.392

    ; εἴ τί πού ἐστι (sc. πιθέσθαι) 4.193;

    τοιάδε.. ἐστὶν ἀκοῦσαι A. Pr. 1055

    (anap.);

    ἔστι τεκμήρια ὁρᾶν X.An.3.2.13

    , cf. Ar.Ra. 1163, Aeschin.3.105, D.18.272, Arist.Ath.53.6, etc.; so in imper., opt., and subj.,

    ἔστω ἀποφέρεσθαι τῷ βουλομένῳ IG12.10.7

    ;

    μυρία ἂν εἴη λέγειν Pl.Plt. 271e

    ;

    ὅπως ἂν ᾖ δρᾶν IG2.1054.91

    : more freq. in neg. clauses, Il.6.267, etc.; folld. by ὥστε c. inf., S.Ph. 656: c. acc. et inf.,

    ἁδόντα δ' εἴη με τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὁμιλεῖν Pi.P.2.96

    ;

    ἔστιν ἐκπεσεῖν ἀρχῆς Δία A.Pr. 757

    : sts. not impers. in this sense,

    θάλασσα δ' οὐκέτ' ἦν ἰδεῖν Id.Pers. 419

    .
    B most freq., to be, the Copula connecting the predicate with the Subject, both being in the same case: hence, signify, import,

    τὸ γὰρ εἴρειν λέγειν ἐστίν Pl.Cra. 398d

    ; esp. in the phrase τοῦτ' ἔστι, hoc est;

    Σκαιόλαν, ὅπερ ἐστὶ Λαϊόν Plu.Publ.17

    : with numerals, τὰ δὶς πέντε δέκα ἐστίν twice five are ten, X.Mem.4.4.7; εἶναί τις or τι, to be somebody, something, be of some consequence, v. τις; οὐδὲν εἶναι Pl.R. 562d, etc.
    2 periphr. with the Participle to represent the finite Verb: with [tense] pf. part. once in Hom., τετληότες εἰμέν, for τετλήκαμεν, Il.5.873; so in Trag. and [dialect] Att., ἦν τεθνηκώς, for ἐτεθνήκει, A. Ag. 869; ἔσται δεδορκώς ib. 1179;

    εἰμὶ γεγώς S.Aj. 1299

    ;

    πεφυκός ἐστι Ar.Av. 1473

    ;

    δεδρακότες εἰσίν Th.3.68

    ;

    κατακεκονότες ἔσεσθε X.An.7.6.36

    : with [tense] aor. part., once in Hom.,

    βλήμενος ἦν Il.4.211

    ; so προδείσας εἰμί, οὐ σιωπήσας ἔσει; S.OT90, 1146, cf. A.Supp. 460: with [tense] pres. part.,

    ἦν προκείμενον Id.Pers. 371

    ;

    φεύγων Ὀρέστης ἐστίν Id.Ch. 136

    ;

    εἴην οὐκ ἂν εὖ φρονῶν S.Aj. 1330

    ; τί δ' ἐστί.. φέρον; Id.OT 991, cf. 274, 708;

    λέγων ἐστίν τις E.Hec. 1179

    ;

    ἦν τίς σ' ὑβρίζων Id.HF 313

    ;

    πόρρω ἤδη εἶ πορευόμενος Pl.Ly. 204b

    ;

    βαδίζων εἰμί Ar.Ra. 36

    ; freq. in Hdt.,

    ἦσαν ἱέντες 1.57

    , al.; even

    εἰσὶ διάφοροι ἐόντες 3.49

    (s.v.l.):— if the Art. is joined with the Part., the noun is made emphatic, Κᾶρές εἰσι οἱ καταδέξαντες the persons who showed her were Carians, Id.1.171;

    αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ μαρτυρῶν A.Eu. 798

    ;

    δόλος ἦν ὁ φράσας S.El. 197

    (anap.).
    C εἶναι is freq. modified in sense by the addition of Advbs., or the cases of Nouns without or with Preps.:
    I εἶναι with Advbs., where the Adv. often merely represents a Noun and stands as the predicate,

    ἅλις δέ οἱ ἦσαν ἄρουραι Il.14.122

    , etc.; ἀκέων, ἀκήν εἶναι, to be silent, 4.22, Od.2.82;

    σῖγα πᾶς ἔστω λεώς E.Hec. 532

    ;

    διαγνῶναι χαλεπῶς ἦν ἄνδρα ἕκαστον Il.7.424

    ; ἀσφαλέως ἡ κομιδὴ ἔσται will go on safely, Hdt.4.134; ἐγγύς, πόρρω εἶναι, Th.6.88, Pl.Prt. 356e: freq. impers. with words implying good or ill fortune, Κουρήτεσσι κακῶς ἦν it fared ill with them, Il.9.551;

    εὖ γὰρ ἔσται E.Med.89

    , cf. Ar.Pl. 1188, etc.;

    ἡδέως ἂν αὐτοῖς εἴη D.59.30

    .
    II c. gen., to express descent or extraction,

    πατρὸς δ' εἴμ' ἀγαθοῖο Il.21.109

    ;

    αἵματός εἰς ἀγαθοῖο Od. 4.611

    , cf. Hdt.3.71, Th.2.71, etc.;

    πόλεως μεγίστης εἶ X.An.7.3.19

    .
    d to express that a thing belongs to another,

    Τροίαν Ἀχαιῶν οὖσαν A.Ag. 269

    ;

    τὸ πεδίον ἦν μέν κοτε Χορασμίων Hdt.3.117

    , etc.: hence, to be of the party of,

    ἦσαν.. τινὲς μὲν φιλίππου, τινὲς δὲ τοῦ βελτίστου D.9.56

    , cf. 37.53; to be de pendent upon, S.Ant. 737, etc.; to be at the mercy of,

    ἔστι τοῦ λέγοντος, ἢν φόβους λέγῃ Id.OT 917

    .
    e to express one's duty, business, custom, nature, and the like , οὔτοι γυναικός ἐστι 'tis not a woman's part, A.Ag. 940;

    τὸ ἐπιτιμᾶν παντὸς εἶναι D.1.16

    ; τὸ δὲ ναυτικὸν τέχνης ἐστίν is matter of art, requires art, Th.1.142, cf.83.
    III with the dat., ἐστί μοι I have, freq. in Hom., etc.
    3 with ἄσμενος, βουλόμενος, etc., added, ἐμοὶ δέ κεν ἀσμένῳ εἴη 'twould be to my delight, Il.14.108;

    οὐκ ἂν σφίσι βουλομένοις εἶναι Th.7.35

    ;

    προσδεχομένῳ Id.6.46

    ;

    θέλοντι S.OT 1356

    (lyr.);

    ἡδομένοις Pl.La. 187c

    .
    IV with Preps., εἶναι ἀπό τινος, = εἶναί τινος (supr. 11.a), X.Mem.1.6.9;

    εἰσὶν ἀπ' ἐναντίων αὗται πραγμάτων Pl.Phlb. 12d

    ; but εἶναι ἀπ' οἴκου to be away from.., Th.1.99.
    2 εἶναι ἔκ τινος to be sprung from, εἴμ' ἐκ Παιονίης, Μυρμιδόνων ἔξ εἰμι, Il.21.154, 24.397, etc.; ἔστιν ἐξ ἀνάγκης it is of necessity, i. e. necessary, Pl.Sph. 256d.
    3 εἶναι ἐν .. to be in a certain state,

    ἐν εὐπαθείῃσι Hdt.1.22

    ; ἐν ἀθυμία, etc., Th.6.46, etc.;

    ἐν ταραχαῖς D.18.218

    ; εἶναι ἐν ἀξιώματι to be in esteem, Th.1.130; οἱ ἐν τέλεϊ ἐόντες those in office, Hdt.3.18, etc.; but εἶναι ἐν τέχνῃ, ἐν φιλοσοφία to be engaged in.., S.OT 562, Pl.Phd. 59a.
    b ἐν σοί ἐστι it depends on thee, Hdt.6.109, S.Ph. 963;

    ἐν σοὶ γάρ ἐσμεν Id.OT 314

    ; so also

    ἐπί τινι Id.Ph. 1003

    , X.Cyr.1.6.2, etc.
    4 εἶναι διά .., much like εἶναι ἐν .., εἶναι διὰ φόβου, = φοβεῖσθαι, Th.6.34; εἶναι δι' ὄχλου, = ὀχληρὸν εἶναι, Id.1.73;

    εἶναι διὰ μόχθων X.Cyr.1.6.25

    ; εἶναι δι' αἰτίας, = αἰτιᾶσθαι, D.H.1.70; Geom., pass through,

    διὰ τᾶς ἑτέρας διαμέτρου ἐόντος τοῦ ἐπιπέδου Archim.Con.Sph.20

    .
    6 εἶναι πρός τινος to be in one's favour, Th.4.10,29, etc.; to suit, X.An. 1.2.11, etc.; εἶναι πρός τινι engaged in, Pl.Phd. 84c, Philostr.VA5.31; πρὸς τοῖς ἰδίοις mind one's own affairs, Arist.Pol. 1309a6, Ath.16.3;

    εἶναι πρὸς τὸ κωλύειν Plb.1.26.3

    ; πρὸς τὸ πονεῖν Telesp.46 H.;

    εἶναι περί τι X.An.3.5.7

    , etc.
    7 εἶναι παρά τινι or τινα, = παρειναι, Id.Cyr.6.2.15, Hdt.8.140.ά (s.v.l.).
    8 εἶναι ὑπό τινα or τινι to be subject to.., X.HG5.2.17 (s.v.l.), 6.2.4.
    9 περὶ τούτων ἐστίν that is the question, Men.Epit.30.
    10 εἶναι ἀπό .., in Geom., to be constructed upon, Archim.Sph.Cyl.2.9, Con.Sph.7.
    D ἐστί is very freq. omitted, mostly in the [tense] pres. ind. before certain predicates, as ἀνάγκη, ἄξιον, δυνατόν, εἰκός, ἕτοιμον, οἷόν τε, ῥᾴδιον, χρεών, etc., and after the neut. of Verbals in - τέος, and such forms as θαυμαστὸν ὅσον: less freq. with other persons and moods, εἰμί omitted, S.OT92, Aj. 813; εἶ, Od.4.206; ἐσμέν, S.Ant. 634; ἐστέ, Od.10.463; εἰσί, S.OT 499 (lyr.), IG2.778 B; subj. , Il.14.376, E.Hipp. 659, Antipho 5.32; opt. εἴη, IG22.1183.12; [tense] impf. ἦν, ib.2.778 B; [tense] fut. ἔσονται, Od.14.394.
    E the Inf. freq. seems redundant,
    1 in phrases implying power or will to do a thing, ἑκὼν εἶναι (v. ἑκών)

    κατὰ δύναμιν εἶναι Is.2.32

    ;

    εἰς δύναμιν εἶναι Pl.Plt. 300c

    ; τὸ ἐπ' ἐκείνοις εἶναι, quantum in illis esset, Th.8.48, X.HG3.5.9, cf. Lys.13.58;

    τὸ ἐπὶ σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28

    ;

    τὸ κατὰ τοῦτον εἶναι X.An.1.6.9

    ;

    κατὰ τοῦτο εἶναι Pl.Prt. 317a

    ; τὸ τήμερον, τὸ νῦν εἶναι, Id.Cra. 396e, La. 201c, Theopomp. Com.98, Decr. ap. Arist.Ath.31.2, etc.
    F [tense] impf. ἦνissts. used where other languages take the [tense] pres.,
    1 after ἄρα, to express a fact which is and has always been the same, δέρμα δὲ ἀνθρώπου.. ἦν ἄρα σχεδὸν δερμάτων πάντων λαμπρότατον human skin then it appears is.., Hdt.4.64;

    Κύπρις οὐκ ἄρ' ἦν θεός E. Hipp. 359

    ; ὡς ἄρ' ἦσθ' ἐμὸς πατὴρ ὀρθῶς ib. 1169;

    ἦ πολύμοχθον ἄρ' ἦν γένος.. ἁμερίων Id.IA 1330

    ;

    ἦ στωμύλος ἦσθα Theoc.5.79

    ; so also when there is reference to a past thought, τουτὶ τί ἦν; what is this? Ar.Ach. 157, cf. Pl.Cra. 387c: so in the Aristotelian formula τὸ τί ἦν εἶναι (APo.82b38, al.), used to express the essential nature of a thing, where τί ἦν (for ἐστί) takes the place of the dat. in such phrases as τὸ ἀγαθῷ εἶναι, τὸ μεγέθει εἶναι, APr.67b12, de An.429b10.
    G ἐγώ εἰμι, in LXX, pleonastic for

    ἐγώ, ἐγώ εἰμι οὐχ ἥμαρτον Jd. 11.27

    , cf. 6.18; also

    ἔσται πᾶς ἀποκτενεῖ με Ge.4.14

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > εἰμί

  • 8 ἐρείδω

    ἐρείδω, [dialect] Ep. [tense] impf.
    A

    ἔρειδον Il.13.131

    : [tense] fut.

    ἐρείσω Call.Del. 234

    , Aristid. Or.17(15).10 codd.: [tense] aor. 1

    ἤρεισα S.Ant. 1236

    , Pl.Phdr. 254e, Ti. 91e ; [dialect] Boeot. [ per.] 3sg.

    εἴρισε Corinn.Supp.1.32

    ; [dialect] Ep. ἔρεισα ([etym.] ἐπ-) Il.7.269 : [tense] pf. ἤρεικα ([etym.] συν-) Hp.Morb.Sacr.7, ([etym.] προς-) Plb.5.60.8 ; but

    ἐρήρεικα Dsc.Eup.1.84

    , ([etym.] προς-) Plu.Aem.19:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. ἐρείσομαι ([etym.] ἀπ-) Arist.Pr. 885b29, Plb.15.25.25 : [tense] aor. 1

    ἠρεισάμην Hes.Sc. 362

    , ([etym.] ἀπ-) Pl. R. 508d ; [dialect] Ep.

    ἐρ- Il.5.309

    :—[voice] Pass., 3 [tense] fut.

    ἐρηρείσεται Hp.Mul.2.133

    : [dialect] Ep. [tense] aor. 1

    ἐρείσθην Il.7.145

    : [tense] pf.

    ἐρήρεισμαι Hdt.4.152

    , Hp.Art.78 (but [ per.] 2sg.

    ἠρήρεισθα Archil.94

    is from ἀραρίσκω) ; also ἤρεισμαι Ti. [dialect] Locr. 98e ( ἐρήρ- ib. 97e), D.S.4.12, Paus.6.25.5 ; [dialect] Ion. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] pf.

    ἐρηρέδαται Il.23.284

    , 329, [dialect] Ep.

    ἐρήρεινται A.R.2.320

    : [tense] plpf.

    ἠρήρειστο Il.4.136

    ; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἐρηρέδατο Od.7.95

    ,

    ἠρήρειντο A.R.3.1398

    :—Hom. uses the augm. only in ἠρήρειστο, Hes.Sc. 362 in ἠρείσατο.[dialect] Ep., [dialect] Ion., and poet. Verb, also found in Pl. and later Prose:—cause to lean, prop,

    δόρυ..πρὸς τεῖχος ἐρείσας Il.22.112

    ;

    θρόνον πρὸς κίονα μακρὸν ἐρείσας Od. 8.66

    ;

    πύργῳ ἔπι προὔχοντι..ἀσπίδ' ἐρείσας Il.22.97

    ; [νέκυας] ἀλλήλοισιν ἐ. piling them against each other, Od.22.450 ;

    ἐρείσατε..πλευρὸν ἀμφιδέξιον S.OC 1112

    ; πρὸς στέρν' ἐρείσας (sc. τοὺς παῖδας) E.HF 1362, cf. Ba. 684 ;

    τὰ ἰσχία πρὸς τὴν γῆν Pl.Phdr. 254e

    ;

    ἐ. τινὰ εἰς ἕδραν E.Heracl. 603

    ;

    τὰς κεφαλὰς εἰς γῆν Pl.Ti. 91e

    ;

    ἐς χεῖρας ἐ. τι Theoc.7.104

    ;

    ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν ἐπὶ γῆς Pl.Ti. 43e

    ;

    τὸ γόνυ κατὰ τοῦ ἰσχίου Plu.Flam.20

    ;

    ῥόῳ ἔνι κάλπιν A.R.1.1234

    : generally, fix firmly, plant,

    ἄγκυραν χθονί Pi.P.10.51

    ;

    εἰς γῆν ἐ. ὄμμα E.IA 1123

    , cf. Aristid.Or.17(15).10 ;

    ἐπὶ χθονὸς ὄμματ' A.R.1.784

    ; ἐ. πόδας ἐς βένθος plant the foot firm, ib. 1010 : metaph., ἐ. τὰν γνώμαν fix one's mind firmly on a thing, Theoc.21.61.
    2 prop up, support, stay, ἀσπὶς ἄρ' ἀσπίδ' ἔρειδε, κόρυς κόρυν, ἀνέρα δ' ἀνήρ, of close ranks of men-atarms, Il.13.131 ;

    ἐπ' ἀσπίδος ἀσπίδ' ἔρεισον Tyrt.11.31

    ;

    πέλτην ἐρεῖσαι E.Rh. 487

    ;

    κίον' οὐρανοῦ τε καὶ χθονὸς ὤμοιν ἐ. A.Pr. 352

    .
    3 press hard, attack, τινα Pi.O.9.32 : sens. obsc.,

    ἐ. γυναῖκα Ar.Ec. 616

    , Fr.74.
    4 push, thrust,

    ὅπῃ κέ τις..ἐρείδῃ Emp.12.3

    ;

    ἔπη..ἤρειδε κατὰ τῶν ἱππέων

    hurled forth..,

    Ar.Eq. 627

    ;

    ὁ χορὸς ἤρειδεν ὁρμαθοὺς μελῶν τέτταρας Id.Ra. 914

    :—[voice] Med.,

    ἔπος πρὸς ἔπος ἠρειδόμεσθ' Id.Nu. 1375

    .
    5 infix, plant in,

    πλευραῖς ἔγχος S.Ant. 1236

    ; ἀνταίαν πληγήν inflict it, E.Andr. 844 (lyr.):—[voice] Pass., ἄλγημα ἐρηρεισμένον fixed pain, Gal.8.385.
    6 press down, depress,

    πλάστιγγα τοῦ βίου S.Fr. 576.5

    .
    7 of wagers or matches, match, set one pledge against another, Theoc.5.24.
    II intr., press hard,

    ἀμφ' αὐτῷ πελεμίξαι ἐρείδοντες βελέεσσιν Il.16.108

    ;

    εἴς τινα Ar.Nu. 558

    ;

    νέφος ἐ. ἐπὶ γῆν Plu. Num.2

    ;

    πνεῦμα κατὰ τῆς σχεδίας Id.Crass.19

    ; of an illness or pain, settle upon a particular part,

    νόσος ὁμότοιχος ἐ. A.Ag. 1004

    (lyr.), cf. Ruf. ap. Orib.45.30.27, Gal.11.61 ; exert pressure: hence, rest,

    ἐπὶ τὸ ἔδαφος HeroAut.2.7

    .
    2 set to work, fall to, esp. of eating,

    ἔρειδε Ar. Pax31

    , cf. 25 (where, acc. to Sch., it is metaph. from rowers) ;

    ἐρείδετον Id.Fr. 493

    .
    3 become fixed,

    πρῴρα ἐρείσασα Act.Ap.27

    . 41.
    III [voice] Med. and [voice] Pass., prop oneself, lean upon, τῷ ὅ γ' ἐρεισάμενος (sc. σκήπτρῳ) Il.2.109;

    ἔγχει ἐ. 14.38

    ;

    ἐπὶ μελίης..ἐρεισθείς 22.225

    : c. gen., ἐρείσατο χειρὶ παχείῃ γαίης leant with his hand against the earth, 5.309 : abs.,

    ἐρεισάμενος βάλε

    having planted himself firm, taken a firm stand,

    12.457

    , cf. 16.736 ; of one fallen,

    ὁ δ' ὕπτιος οὔδει ἐρείσθη 7.145

    , 11.144 ; οὔδεϊ..σφι χαῖται ἐρηρέδαται their hair rests on the ground, 23.284 ; γόνατος κονίαισιν ἐρειδομένου set, planted in.., A.Ag.64(anap.);

    τοῖσι γούνασι ἐρηρεισμένοι Hdt.4.152

    ;

    ταῖς χερσὶν ἐπὶ δόρατι ἠρεισμένος Paus.6.25.5

    , cf. Corn.ND9 ; press closely, be tight, of bandages, Hp.Off.8 ; τοὺς ὀδόντας ἐρήρεισται has her teeth clenched, Hp. ap. Erot. (ξυνερήρ. codd. Hp.).
    2 to be fixed firm, planted,

    ἔγχος διὰ θώρηκος ἠρήρειστο

    had been fixed,

    Il.3.358

    , etc.;

    λᾶε ἐρηρέδαται

    stand firmly fixed,

    23.329

    ;

    θρόνοι περὶ τοῖχον ἐρηρέδατ' Od.7.95

    ;

    ἁ γᾶ ἐρήρεισται ἐπὶ τᾶς αὐτᾶς ῥοπᾶς Ti.Locr.97e

    : abs.,

    δίκας ἐρείδεται πυθμήν

    is set firm,

    A.Ch. 646

    (lyr.); opp. πλανᾶσθαι, Arist.GA 720a12; ἐρηρεικός, of a bone stuck in the throat, Dsc.Eup.1.84.
    IV [voice] Med.,
    1 in recipr. sense, struggle one with another, Il.23.735 (v.l. ἐρίζεσθον).
    2 c. acc., support or set firmly for oneself,

    πλησίον ἠρείσαντο καρήατα Simon.172

    ;

    βάκτρῳ δ' ἐρείδου..στίβον E. Ion 743

    ;

    ἐπὶ γαῖαν ἴχνος AP12.84

    (Mel.);

    ἐπὶ τοίχῳ λίθον Theoc.23.49

    ;

    ἐπὶ χειρὶ παρειήν A.R.3.1160

    ;

    χεῖρας σκηπανίῳ AP6.83

    (Maced.); ἐπὶ σκίπωνος τὸ γῆρας ib.7.457 ([place name] Aristo); ἐς πόλον ἐκ γαίης μῆτιν ἐ. to raise one's thoughts.., ib.9.782 (Paul. Sil.).

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἐρείδω

  • 9 conjuro

    conjūrō, āvi, ātum ( part. conjuratus in act. sense; v. II. infra), 1, v. n. and a., to swear together, or one with another, to band or combine together by an oath.
    I.
    In a good sense (rare but class.):

    simul omne tumultu Conjurat trepido Latium,

    Verg. A. 8, 5 Serv.:

    ipsi inter sese decuriati equites... conjurabant sese fugae ergo non abituros, etc.,

    Liv. 22, 38, 4; 26, 25, 11:

    in Trojam,

    Mel. 2, 3, 6.—And in a Greek constr.:

    Graecia conjurata tuas rumpere nuptias,

    Hor. C. 1, 15, 7 (cf. under II.):

    inter nos conjuravimus, ego cum illo et ille mecum, etc.,

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 38: equites Romanos conjurasse omnes, ut transitionem facerent, Auct. B. Hisp. 26.— Impers.:

    si ab omnibus in legem Dei conjuraretur,

    Lact. 5, 8, 8.—

    Esp., of the milit. oath, taken at enlistment: senatus consultum, ut omnes juniores Italiae conjurarent,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 1 Doberenzad loc.:

    milites sociique navales conjurati,

    Liv. 45, 2, 1; cf.:

    agmina conjurata,

    Ov. M. 5, 150.—Honce,
    2.
    Poet., transf. to inanim. things:

    conjuratae sequuntur Mille rates, for conjuratorum,

    Ov. M. 12, 6.—
    (β).
    In gen., to unite, be united:

    (studium, ingenium): alterius sic Altera poscit opem res et conjurat amice,

    Hor. A. P. 411:

    conjurati venti,

    Claud. III. Cons. Hon. 98; cf. id. B. Get. 49.—
    * B.
    Act., to assent to by an oath: quae jurat, mens est: nil conjuravimus illa, Ps.-Ov. H. 21, 135 (v the pass. in connection).—
    II.
    In a bad sense, to form a conspiracy or plot, to conspire (very freq.): tu verbis conceptis conjuravisti sciens sciente animo tuo, P. Afric. ap. Gell. 6 (7), 11, 9:

    inter se,

    Sall. J. 66, 2:

    cum aliquo in omne flagitium et facinus,

    Liv. 39, 16, 5; cf.:

    in facinora,

    id. 39, 16, 3:

    in Philippi caedem,

    Curt. 7, 1, 6:

    cum totā Italiā pro partibus suis (sc. Antonii),

    Suet. Aug. 17: in mortem patris, * Quint. 4, 2, 72:

    contra rem publicam,

    Cic. Sull. 25, 70:

    contra populum Romanum,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 3:

    de interficiendo Cn. Pompeio,

    Cic. Mil. 24, 65:

    haec (tecta) incendere,

    Liv. 27, 3, 4:

    ut urbem incenderent,

    id. 4, 45, 1:

    ut quaestio de iis habeatur, qui coierint conjurarintve, quo stuprum flagitiumve inferretur,

    id. 39, 14, 8.— Absol.:

    ut cupiam conjurare, si quisquam recipiat,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 6, 2.—In a Gr. constr. with inf.:

    patriam incendere,

    Sall. C. 52, 24 Kritz; cf.:

    caelum rescindere,

    Verg. G. 1, 280.—Hence, subst.: conjū-rāti, ōrum, m., conspirators, Cic. Cat. 4, 10, 20; Sall. C. 52, 17; Suet. Caes. 17; 80; 82; id. Tib. 9; id. Claud. 11.—
    2.
    Poet., transf., of inanim, things:

    conjurata arma,

    Ov. M. 15, 763 (cf. supra, I. 2.):

    Ister,

    Verg. G. 2, 497.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > conjuro

  • 10 AF

    of
    * * *
    prep. w. dat.
    I. Of place:
    1) off, from;
    G. hljóp af hesti sínum, G. jumped off his horse;
    ganga af mótinu, to go away from the meeting;
    Flosi kastaði af sér skikkjunni, threw off his cloak;
    Gizzur gekk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from the south-west;
    hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he had taken off his shoes;
    Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off;
    tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms;
    bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus;
    hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession;
    vil ek þú vinnir af þér skuldina, work off the debt;
    muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand;
    rísa af dauða, to rise from the dead;
    vakna af draumi, to awaken from a dream;
    lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse;
    vindr stóð af landi, the wind blew from the land;
    2) out of;
    verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world;
    gruflar hón af læknum, she scrambles out of the brook;
    Otradalr var mjök af vegi, far out of the way.
    Connected with út; föstudaginn fór út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town.
    II. Of time; past, beyond:
    af ómagaaldri, able to support oneself, of age;
    ek em nú af léttasta skeiði, no longer in the prime of life;
    þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, when seven weeks of summer are past;
    var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past.
    III. In various other relations:
    1) þiggja lið af e-m, to receive help from one;
    hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy;
    vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of one;
    féll þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s men fell there;
    þá eru þeir útlagir ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their goðorð;
    þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim;
    ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to give up;
    2) off, of;
    höggva fót, hönd, af e-m, to cut off one’s foot, hand;
    vil ek, at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, whatever you like of the stores;
    þar lá forkr einn ok brotit af endanum, with the point broken off;
    absol., beit hann höndina af, bit the hand off;
    fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off;
    3) of, among;
    hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum, the most promising of the young men;
    4) with;
    hláða, (ferma) skip af e-u, to load (freight) a ship with;
    fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring;
    5) of (= ór which is more frequent);
    húsit var gert af timbr stokkum, was built of trunks of trees;
    6) fig., eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him;
    hvat hefir þú gert af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar?;
    7) denoting parentage, descent, origin;
    ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, are descended from them;
    kominn af Trójumönnum, descended from the Trojans;
    8) by, of (after passive);
    ek em sendr hingat af Starkaði, sent hither by;
    ástsæll af landsmónnum, beloved of;
    9) on account of, by reason of, by;
    úbygðr at frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold;
    ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds;
    af ástæld hans, by his popularity;
    af því, therefore;
    af hví, wherefor why;
    af því at, because;
    10) by means of, by;
    framfœra e-n af verkum sínum, by means of his own labour;
    af sínu fé, by one’s own means;
    absol., hann fekk af hina mestu sœmd, derived great honour from it;
    11) with adjectives, in regard to;
    mildr af fé, liberal of money;
    góðr af griðum, merciful;
    12) used absol. with a verb, off away;
    hann bað hann þá róa af fjörðinn, to row the firth off;
    ok er þeir höfðu af fjörðung, when they had covered one forth of the way;
    sofa af nóttina, to sleep the night away.
    * * *
    prep. often used elliptically by dropping the case, or even merely adverbially, [Ulf. af; A. S. and Engl. of, off; Hel. ab; Germ. ab; Gr. άπό; Lat. a, ab.] With dat. denoting a motion a loco; one of the three prepp. af, ór, frá, corresponding to those in locoá, í, við, and ad locumá, í, at. It in general corresponds to the prepp. in locoá, or in locum til, whilst ór answers more to í; but it also frequently corresponds to yfir, um or í. It ranges between ór and frá, generally denoting the idea from the surface of, while ór means from the inner part, and frá from the outer part or border. The motion from a hill, plain, open place is thus denoted by af; by ór that from an enclosed space, depth, cavity, thus af fjalli, but ór of a valley, dale; af Englandi, but ór Danmörk, as mörk implies the notion of a deep wood, forest. The wind blows af landi, but a ship sets sail frá landi; frá landi also means a distance from: af hendi, of a glove, ring; ór hendi, of whatever has been kept in the hand (correl. to á hendi and í hendi). On the other hand af is more general, whilst frá and ór are of a more special character; frá denoting a departure, ór an impulse or force; a member goes home af þingi, whereas ór may denote an inmate of a district, or convey the notion of secession or exclusion from, Eb. 105 new Ed.; the traveller goes af landi, the exile ór landi: taka e-t af e-m is to take a thing out of one’s hand, that of taka frá e-m to remove out of one’s sight, etc. In general af answers to Engl. of, off, ór to out of, and frá to from: the Lat. prepp. ab, de, and ex do not exactly correspond to the Icelandic, yet as a rule ór may answer to ex, af sometimes to ab, sometimes to de. Of, off, from among; with, by; on account of by means of, because of concerning, in respect of.
    A. Loc.
    I. With motion, off, from:
    1. prop. corresp. to á,
    α. konungr dró gullhring af hendi sér (but á hendi), Ld. 32; Höskuldr lætr bera farm af skipi, unload the ship (but bera farm á skip), id.; var tekit af hestum þeirra, they were unsaddled, Nj. 4; Gunnarr hafði farit heiman af bæ sínum, he was away from home, 82; Gunnarr hljóp af hesti sínum, jumped off his horse (but hl. á hest), 83; hlaupa, stökkva af baki, id., 112, 264 ; Gunnarr skýtr til hans af boganum, from the bow, where af has a slight notion of instrumentality, 96; flýja af fundinum, to fly from off the battle-field, 102; ríða af Þríhyrningshálsum, 206; út af Langaholti, Eg. 744 ; sunnan ór Danmörk ok af Saxlandi, 560; ganga af mótinu, to go from the meeting, Fms. vii. 130; af þeirra fundi reis María upp ok fór, 625. 85 ; Flosi kastaði af ser skikkjunni, threw his cloak off him (but kasta á sik),Nj. 176; taka Hrungnis fót af honum, of a load, burden, Edda 58; land þat er hann fiskði af, from which he set off to fish, Grág. i. 151, is irregular, frá would suit better; slíta af baki e-s, from off one’s back, ii. 9 ; bera af borði, to clear the table, Nj. 75.
    β. where it more nearly answers to í; þeir koma af hafi, of sailors coming in (but leggja í haf), Nj. 128 ; fara til Noregs af Orkneyjum (but í or til O.), 131; þeim Agli fórst vel ok komu af hafi i Borgarfjörð, Eg. 392 ; hann var útlagi ( outlawed) af Noregi, where ór would be more regular, 344; af Islandi, of a traveller, Fms. x. 3; búa her af báðum ríkjunum, to take a levy from, 51; hinir beztu bændr ór Norðlendingafjórðungi ok af Sunnlendingafjórðungi, the most eminent Southerners and Northerners, 113; Gizzurr gékk af útsuðri at gerðinu, from south-west, Sturl. ii. 219; prestar af hvárutveggja biskupsdæmi, from either diocess, Dipl. ii. 11; verða tekinn af heimi, to be taken out of the world, 623. 21; gruflar hon af læknum, scrambles out of the brook, Ísl. ii. 340; Egill kneyfði af horninu í einum drykk, drained off the horn at one draught, literally squeezed every drop out of it, Eg. 557; brottuaf herbúðunurn, Fms. x. 343.
    γ. of things more or less surrounding the subject, corresp. to yfir or um; láta þeir þegar af sér tjöldin, break off, take down the tents in preparing for battle, Eg. 261; kyrtillinn rifnaði af honum, his coat burst, caused by the swollen body, 602; hann hafði leyst af sér skúa sína, he untied his shoes (but binda á sik), 716; Steinarr vildi slíta hann af sér, throw him off, of one clinging to one’s body, 747; tók Gísli þá af sér vápnin, took off his arms, Fms. vii. 39. Of putting off clothes; fara af kápu, Nj. 143; far þú eigi af brynjunni, Bs. i. 541; þá ætlaði Sigurðr at fara af brynjunni, id.; þá var Skarphéðinn flettr af klæðunum, Nj. 209: now more usually fara or klæðum, fötum, exuere, to undress.
    δ. connected with út; föstudaginn for út herrinn af borginni, marched out of the town, Nj. 274; ganga út af kirkjunni, to go out of the church, now út úr, Fms. vii. 107: drekki hann af þeirri jörðunni, of something impregnated with the earth, Laekn. 402.
    ε. more closely corresponding to frá, being in such cases a Latinism (now frá); bréf af páfa, a pope’s bull, Fms. x. 6; rit af hánum, letter from him, 623. 52; bréf af Magnúsi konungi, a letter from king Magnus, Bs. i. 712; farið þér á brautu af mér í eilífan eld, Hom. 143; brott af drottins augliti, Stj. 43.
    ζ. denoting an uninterrupted continuity, in such phrases as land aflandi, from land to land, Eg. 343, Fas. ii. 539; skip af skipl. from ship to ship, Fms. v. 10; brann hvat af öðru, one after another, of an increasing fire, destroying everything, i. 128; brandr af brandi brenn, funi kveykist af funa, one from another, Hm. 56; hverr af öðrum, one after another, in succession, also hverr at öðrum, Eb. 272, 280 (where at in both passages).
    2. metaph., at ganga af e-m dauðum, to go from, leave one dead on the spot, of two combatants; en hann segiz bani hins ef hann gekk af dauðum manni, Grág. ii. 88, Hkr. 1. 327; undr þykir mér er bróðir þinn vildi eigi taka af þér starf þetta, would not take this toil from thee, Nj. 77; þegnar hans glöddust af honum, were fain of him, Fms. x. 380; at koma þeim manni af sér er settr var á fé hans, to get rid of, Ld. 52; vil ek þú vinriir af þér skuldina, work off the debt, Njarð. 366; reka af sér, to repel, Sturl. ii. 219; hann á þá sonu er aldri munu af oss ganga, who will never leave us, whom we shall never get rid of, Fas. i. 280; leysa e-n af e-u, to relieve, 64; taka e-n af lífi, to kill, Eg. 48, 416, Nj. 126; af lífdögum, Fms. vii. 204; ek mun ná lögum af því máli, get the benefit of the law in this case, Eg. 468; muntu enga sætt af mér fá, no peace at my hand, 414; rísa af dauða, to rise from death, Fms. ii. 142; guð bætti honum þó af þessi sótt, healed him of this sickness, ix. 390; vakna af sýn, draumi, svefni, to awaken from a vision, dream, sleep, 655 xxxii. I, Gísl. 24, Eb. 192, Fas. i. 41. Rather with the notion out of, in the phrase af sér etc., e. g. sýna e-t af scr, to shew, exhibit a disposition for or against, Ld. 18; gera mikit af sér, to shew great prowess, Ísl. ii. 368; éf þú gerir eigi meira af þér um aðra leika, unless you make more of thyself, Edda 32; Svipdagr hafði mikit af sér gert, fought bravely, Fas. i. 41; góðr (illr) af sér, good ( bad) of oneself, by nature; mikill af sjálfum sér, proud, bold, stout, Nj. 15; ágætastr maðr af sjálfum sér, the greatest hero, Bret.: góðr af ser, excellent, Hrafn. 7; but, on the contrary, af sér kominn, ruinous, in decay; this phrase is used of old houses or buildings, as in Bs. i. 488 = Sturl. l. c.; af sér kominn af mæði can also be said of a man fallen off from what he used to be; kominn af fotum fram, off his legs from age, Sturl. i. 223, Korm. 154 (in a verse).
    II. WITHOUT MOTION:
    1. denoting direction from, but at the same time continuous connection with an object from which an act or thing proceeds, from; tengja skip hvárt fram af stafni annars, to tie the ships in a line, stem to stern, Fms. i. 157, xi. 111; svá at þeir tóku út af borðum, jutted out of the boards, of rafters or poles, iv. 49; stjarna ok af sem skaft, of a comet, ix. 482; lúka upp af hrossi, to open a gate from off a horse, Grág. ii. 264; hon svarar af sínu sæti sem álpt af baru, Fás. i. 186; þar er sjá mátti utau af firði, af þjóðleið, that might be seen from the fareway on the sea when sailing in the firth, Hkr. ii. 64; þá mun hringt af (better at) Burakirkju, of bells rung at the church, Fms. xi. 160; gengr þar af Meðalfellsströnd, projects from, juts out, of a promontory, Ld. 10.
    2. denoting direction alone; upp af víkinni stóð borg mikil, a burg inland from the inlet, Eg. 161; lokrekkja innar af seti, a shut bed inward from the benches in the hall, Ísl. ii. 262; kapella upp af konungs herbergjum, upwards from, Fms. x. 153; vindr stóð af landi, the wind stood off the land, Bárð. 166.
    β. metaph., stauda af e-u, vide VI. 4.
    γ. ellipt., hallaði af norðr, of the channel, north of a spot, Boll. 348; also, austr af, suðr af, vestr af, etc.
    3. denoting absence; þingheyendr skulu eigi vera um nótt af þingi ( away from the meeting), eðr lengr, þá eru þeir af þingi ( away from (be meeting) ef þeir eru or ( out of) þingmarki, Grág. i. 25; vera um nótt af várþingi, 115; meðan hann er af landi héðan, abroad, 150.
    β. metaph., gud hvíldi af öllum verkum sínum á sjaunda degi, rested from his labours, Ver. 3.
    4. denoting distance; þat er komit af þjóðleið, out of the high road, remote, Eg. 369; af þjóðbraut, Grág. ii. 264, i. 15; Otradalr (a farm) var mjök af vegi, far out of the way, Háv. 53.
    B. TEMP, past, from, out of, beyond:
    1. of a person’s age, in the sense of having past a period of life; af ómaga aldri, of age, able to support oneself, Grág. i. 243; af aeskualdri, stricken in years, having past the prime of life, Eg. 202; lítið af barnsaldri, still a child, Ld. 74; ek em nú af léttasia skeiði, no longer in the prime of life, Háv. 40.
    2. of a part or period of time, past; eigi síðar en nótt er af þingi, a night of the session past, Grág. i. 101; þá er sjau vikur eru af sumri, seven weeks past of the summer, 182; tíu vikur af sumri, Íb. 10; var mikit af nótt, much of the night was past, Háv. 41; mikið af vetri, much of the winter was past, Fas. ii. 186; þriðjungr af nótt, a third of the night past, Fms. x. 160; stund af degi, etc.; tveir mánoðr af sumri, Gþl. 103.
    3. in adverbial phrases such as, af stundu, soon; af bragði, at once; af tómi, at leisure, at ease; af nýju, again; af skyndingu, speedily; af bráðungu, in a hurry, etc.
    C. In various other relations:
    I. denoting the passage or transition of an object, concrete or abstract, of, from.
    1. where a thing is received, derived from, conferred by a person or object; þiggja lið af e-m, to derive help from, Edda 26; taka traust af e-m, to receive support, comfort from, Fms. xi. 243; taka mála af e-m, to be in one’s pay, of a soldier, Eg. 266; halda land af e-m, to hold land of any one, 282; verða viss af e-m, to get information from, 57, Nj. 130; taka við sök af manni (a law term), to undertake a case, suit, Grág. i. 142; hafa umboð af e-m, to be another’s deputy, ii. 374; vera góðs (ills) maklegr af e-m, to deserve good (bad) of, Vd. 88 (old Ed., the new reads frá), Fs. 45; afla matar af eyjum, to derive supplies from, Eb. 12.
    2. where an object is taken by force:
    α. prop. out of a person’s hand; þú skalt hnykkja smíðit af honum, wrest it out of his hand, Nj. 32; cp. taka, þrífa, svipta e-u (e-t) af e-m, to wrest from.
    β. metaph. of a person’s deprival of anything in general; hann tók af þér konuna, carried thy wife off, Nj. 33; tók Gunnarr af þér sáðland þitt, robbed thee of seedland, 103; taka af honum tignina, to depose, degrade him, Eg. 271; vinna e-t af e-m, to carry off by force of arms, conquer, Fms. iii. 29; drepa menn af e-m, for one, slay one’s man, Eg. 417; fell þar lið mart af Eyvindi, many of Eyvind’s people fell there, 261.
    γ. in such phrases as, hyggja af e-u (v. afhuga), hugsa af e-u, to forget; hyggja af harmi; sjá af e-u, to lose, miss; var svá ástúðigt með þeim, at livargi þóttist mega af öðrum sjá, neither of them could take his eyes off the other, Sturl. i. 194; svá er mörg við ver sinn vær, at varla um sér hon af hoiuun nær, Skálda 163.
    3. denoting forfeiture; þá eru þeir útlagir, ok af goðorði sínu, have forfeited their priesthood, Grág. i. 24; telja hann af ráðunum fjár síns alls, to oust one, on account of idiocy or madness, 176; verða af kaupi, to be off the bargain, Edda 26; þá skalt þú af allri fjárheimtunni, forfeit all the claim, Nj. 15; ek skal stefna þér af konunni, summon thee to forfeit, a case of divorce, id.; ella er hann af rettarfari um hana, has forfeited the suit, Grág. i. 381.
    β. ellipt., af ferr eindagi ef, is forfeited, Grág. i. 140.
    II. denoting relation of a part to a whole, off, of, Lat. de; höggva hönd, höfuð, fót af e-um, to cut one’s hand, head, foot off, Nj. 97, 92, Bs. i. 674; höggva spjót af skapti, to sever the blade from the shaft, 264; hann lét þá ekki hafa af föðurarfi sínum, nothing of their patrimony, Eg. 25; vil ek at þú takir slíkt sem þér líkar af varningi, take what you like of the stores, Nj. 4; at þú eignist slíkt af fé okkru sem þú vili, 94.
    β. ellipt., en nú höfum vér kjörit, en þat er af krossinum, a slice of, Fms. vii. 89; Þórðr gaf Skólm frænda sínum af landnámi sínu, a part of, Landn. 211; hafði hann þat af hans eigu er hann vildi, Sturl. ii. 169; þar lá forkr einn ok brotið af endanum, the point broken off, Háv. 24, Sturl. i. 169.
    γ. absol. off; beit hann höndina af, þar sem nú heitir úlfliðr, bit the hand off, Edda 17; fauk af höfuðit, the head flew off, Nj. 97; jafnt er sem þér synist, af er fótrinn, the foot is off, id.; af bæði eyru, both ears off, Vm. 29.
    2. with the notion ofamong; mestr skörungr af konum á Norðrlöndum, the greatest heroine in the North, Fms. i. 116; hinn efniligasti maðr af ungum mönnum í Austfjörðum, the most hopeful of youths in the Eastfirths, Njarð. 364; af ( among) öllurn hirðmönnuni virði konungr mest skáld sín, Eg. 27; ef hann vildi nokkura kaupa af þessum konum, Ld. 30; ör liggr þar útiá vegginum, ok er sú af þeirra örum, one of their own arrows, Nj. 115.
    β. from, among, belonging to; guð kaus hana af ollum konum sér til móður, of the Virgin Mary, Mar. A. i. 27.
    γ. metaph., kunna mikit (lítið) af e-u, to know much, little of, Bragi kann mest af skáldskap, is more cunning of poetry than any one else, Edda 17.
    δ. absol. out of, before, in preference to all others; Gunnarr bauð þér góð boð, en þú vildir eingi af taka, you would choose none of them, Nj. 77; ráða e-t af, to decide; þó mun faðir minn mestu af ráða, all depends upon him, Ld. 22; konungr kveðst því mundu heldr af trúa, preferred believing that of the two, Eg. 55; var honum ekki vildara af ván, he could expect nothing better, 364.
    3. with the additional sense of instrumentality, with; ferma skip af e-u, to freight a ship with, Eg. 364; hlaða mörg skip af korni, load many ships with corn, Fms. xi. 8; klyfja tvá hesta af mat, Nj. 74; var vágrinn skipaðr af herskipum, the bay was covered with war ships, 124; fylla ker af glóðum, fill it with embers, Stj. 319; fylla heiminn af sínu kyni, to fill the world with his offspring, Ver. 3.
    III. denoting the substance of which a thing is made, of; used indifferently with ór, though ór be more frequent; þeir gerðu af honum jörðina, af blóði hans sæinn ok vötnin, of the creation of the world from the corpse of the giant Ymir; the poem Gm. 40, 41, constantly uses ór in this sense, just as in modern Icelandic, Edda 5; svá skildu þeir, at allir hlutir væri smíðaðir af nokkru efni, 147 (pref.); húsit var gert af timbrstokkum, built of trunks of timber, Eg. 233; hjöhin vóru af gulli, of gold, golden, Fms. i. 17; af osti, of cheese, but in the verse 1. c. ór osti, Fms. vi. 253; línklæði af lérepti, linen, Sks. 287.
    2. metaph. in the phrases, göra e-t af e-n ( to dispose of), verða af ( become of), hvat hefir þú gört af Gunnari, what hast thou done with Gunnar? Njarð. 376; hvat af motrinuni er orðit, what has become of it? of a lost thing, Ld. 208; hverfr Óspakr á burt, svá eigi vita menn hvat af honum er orðit, what has become of him? Band. 5.
    IV. denoting parentage, descent, origin, domicile, abode:
    1. parentage, of, from, used indifferently with frá; ok eru af þeim komnir Gilsbekkingar, descend from them, but a little below—frá honum eru konmir Sturlungar, Eb. 338, cp. afkvæmi; af ætt Hörðakára, Fms. i. 287; kominn af Trojumönnum, xi. 416; af Ása-ætt (Kb. wrongly at), Edda I.
    β. metaph., vera af Guði (theol.), of God, = righteous, 686 B. 9; illr ávöxtr af íllri rót, Fms. ii. 48; Asia er kölluð af nafni nokkurar konu, derives her name from, Stj. 67; af honum er bragr kallaðr skáldskapr, called after his name, Edda 17.
    2. of domicile; af danskri tungu, of Danish or Scandinavian origin, speaking the Danish tongue, Grág. ii. 73; hvaðan af löndum, whence, native of what country? Ísl.
    β. especially denoting a man’s abode, and answering to á and í, the name of the farm (or country) being added to proper names, (as in Scotland,) to distinguish persons of the same name; Hallr af Síðu, Nj. 189; Erlingr af Straumey, 273; Ástríðr af Djúpárbakka, 39; Gunnarr af Hlíðarenda (more usual frá); þorir haklangr konungr af Ögðum, king of Agdir, Eg. 35, etc.; cp. ór and frá.
    V. denoting a person with whom an act, feeling, etc. originates, for the most part with a periphrastic passive:
    1. by, the Old Engl. of; as, ek em sendr hingað af Starkaði ok sonum hans, sent hither by, Nj. 94; inna e-t af hendi, to perform, 257; þó at alþýða væri skírð af kennimönnum, baptized of, Fms. ii. 158; meira virðr af mönnum, higher esteemed, Ld. 158; ástsæll af landsmönnum, beloved, íb. 16; vinsæll af mönnum, Nj. 102; í allgóðu yfirlæti af þeim feðgum, hospitably treated by them, Eg. 170; var þá nokkut drukkið af alþjóð, there was somewhat hard drinking of the people, Sturl. iii. 229; mun þat ekki upp tekið af þeim sükudólgum mínum, they will not clutch at that, Nj. 257; ef svá væri í hendr þér búit af mér, if í had so made everything ready to thy hands, Ld. 130; þá varð fárætt um af föður hans, his father said little about it, Fms. ii. 154.
    2. it is now also sometimes used as a periphrase of a nom., e. g. ritað, þýtt af e-m, written, translated, edited by, but such phrases scarcely occur in old writers.
    VI. denoting cause, ground, reason:
    1. originating from, on account of, by reason of; af frændsemis sökum, for kinship’s sake, Grág. ii. 72; ómáli af áverkum, speechless from wounds, 27; af manna völdum, by violence, not by natural accident, of a crime, Nj. 76; af fortölum Halls, through his pleading, 255; af ástsæld hans ok af tölum þeirra Sæmundar, by his popularity and the eloquence of S., Íb. 16; af ráðum Haralds konungs, by his contriving, Landn. 157; úbygðr af frosti ok kulda, because of frost and cold, Hkr. i. 5.
    β. adverbially, af því, therefore, Nj. 78; af hví, why? 686 B. 9; þá verðr bóndi heiðinn af barni sínu, viz. if he does not cause his child to be christened, K. Þ. K. 20.
    2. denoting instrumentality, by means of; af sinu fé, by one’s own means, Grág. i. 293; framfæra e-n af verkum sinum, by means of one’s own labour, K. Þ. K. 142; draga saman auð af sökum, ok vælum ok kaupum, make money by, 623. I; af sínum kostnaði, at hi s own expense, Hkr. i. 217.
    β. absol., hún fellir á mik dropa svá heita at ek brenn af öll, Ld. 328; hann fékk af hina mestu sæmd, derived great honotur from it, Nj. 88; elli sótti á hendr honum svá at hann lagðist í rekkju af, he grew bedridden from age, Ld. 54; komast undan af hlaupi, escape by running, Fms. viii. 58; spinna garn af rokki, spin off a wheel (now, spinna á rokk), from a notion of instrumentality, or because of the thread being spun out (?), Eb. 92.
    3. denoting proceeding, originating from; lýsti af höndum hennar, her hands spread beams of light, Edda 22; allir heimar lýstust ( were illuminated) af henni, id.; en er lýsti af degi, when the day broke forth, Fms. ii. 16; lítt var lýst af degi, the day was just beginning to break, Ld. 46; þá tók at myrkja af nótt, the ‘mirk-time’ of night began to set in, Eg. 230; tók þá brátt at myrkva af nótt, the night grew dark, Hkr. ii. 230.
    4. metaph., standa, leiða, hljótast af, to be caused by, result from; opt hlýtst íllt af kvenna hjali, great mischief is wrought by women’s gossip (a proverb), Gísl. 15, 98; at af þeim mundi mikit mein ok úhapp standa, be caused by, Edda 18; kenna kulda af ráðum e-s, to feel sore from, Eb. 42; þó mun her hljótast af margs manns bani, Nj, 90.
    5. in adverbial phrases, denoting state of mind; af mikilli æði, in fury, Nj. 116; af móð, in great emotion, Fms. xi. 221; af áhyggju, with concern, i. 186; af létta, frankly, iii. 91; af viti, collectedly, Grág. ii. 27; af heilu, sincerely, Eg. 46; áf fári, in rage; af æðru, timidly, Nj. (in a verse); af setning, composedly, in tune, Fms. iii. 187; af mikilli frægð, gallantly, Fas. i. 261; af öllu afli, with all might, Grág. ii. 41; af riki, violently, Fbr. (in a verse); af trúnaði, confidently, Grág. i. 400.
    VII. denoting regard to, of, concerning, in respect of, as regards:
    1. with verbs, denoting to tell of, be informed, inquire about, Lat. de; Dioscorides segir af grasi því, speaks of, 655 xxx. 5; er menn spurðu af landinu, inquired about it, Landn. 30; halda njósn af e-u, Nj. 104; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, Eg. 546, Band. 8.
    β. absol., hann mun spyrja, hvárt þér sé nokkut af kunnigt hversu for með okkr, whether you know anything about, how, Nj. 33; halda skóla af, to hold a school in a science, 656 A. i. 19 (sounds like a Latinism); en ek gerða þik sera mestan mann af öllu, in respect of all, that you should get all the honour of it, Nj. 78.
    2. with adjectives such as mildr, illr, góðrafe-u, denoting disposition or character in respect to; alira manna mildastr af fo, very liberal, often-banded, Fms. vii. 197; mildr af gulli, i. 33; góðr af griðum, merciful, Al. 33; íllr af mat en mildr af gulli, Fms. i. 53; fastr af drykk, close, stingy in regard to, Sturl. ii. 125; gat þess Hildigunnr at þú mundir góðr af hestinum, that you would be good about the horse, Nj. 90, cp. auðigr at, v. at, which corresponds to the above phrases; cp. also the phrase af sér above, p. 4, col. I, ll. 50 sqq.
    VIII. periphrasis of a genitive (rare); provincialis af öllum Predikaraklaustrum, Fms. x. 76; vera af hinum mesta fjandskap, to breathe deep hatred to, be on bad terms with, ix. 220; af hendi, af hálfu e-s, on one’s behalf, v. those words.
    IX. in adverbial phrases; as, af launungu, secretly; af hljóði, silently; v. those words.
    β. also used absolutely with a verb, almost adverbially, nearly in the signification off, away; hann bað þá róa af fjörðinn, pass the firth swiftly by rowing, row the firth off, Fms. ix. 502; var pá af farit þat seni skerjóttast var, was past, sailed past, Ld. 142; ok er þeir höfðu af fjórðung, past one fourth of the way, Dropl. 10: skína af, to clear up, of the skv, Eb. 152; hence in common language, skína af sér, when the sun breaks forth: sofa af nóttina, to sleep it away, Fms. ii. 98; leið af nóttin, the night past away, Nj. 53; dvelja af stundir, to kill the time, Band. 8; drepa af, to kill; láta af, to slaughter, kill off;
    γ. in exclamations; af tjöldin, off with the awnings, Bs. i. 420, Fins, ix. 49.
    δ. in the phrases, þar af, thence; hér af, hence, Fms. ii. 102; af fram, straight on, Nj. 144; now, á fram, on, advance.
    X. it often refers to a whole sentence or to an adverb, not only like other prepp. to hér, hvar, þar, but also redundantly to hvaðan, héðan, þaðan, whence, hence, thence.
    2. the preposition may sometimes be repeated, once elliptically or adverbially, and once properly, e. g. en er af var borit at borðinu, the cloth was taken off from the table, Nj. 176; Guð þerrir af (off, away) hvert tár af ( from) augum heilagra manna, God wipes off every tear from the eyes of his saints, 655 xx. vii. 17; skal þó fyrst bætr af lúka af fé vegaiula, pay off, from, Gþl. 160, the last af may be omitted—var þá af borið borðinu—and the prep. thus be separated from its case, or it may refer to some of the indecl. relatives er or sem, the prep. hvar, hér, þar being placed behind them without a case, and referring to the preceding relative, e. g. oss er þar mikit af sagt auð þeim, we have been told much about these riches, Band. 24; er þat skjótast þar af at segja, in short, shortly. Eg. 546; þaðan af veit ek, thence í infer, know, Fms. i. 97.
    XI. it is moreover connected with a great many verbs besides those mentioned above, e. g. bera af, to excel, whence afbragð, afbrigði; draga af, to detract, deduct, hence afdráttr; veita ekki af, to be hard with; ganga at, to be left, hence afgangr; standast af um e-t, to stand, how matters stand; sem af tekr, at a furious rate; vita af, to be conscious, know about (vide VII).
    D. As a prefix to compounds distinction is to be made between:
    I. af privativum, denoting diminution, want, deduction, loss, separation, negation of, etc., answering indifferently to Lat. ab-, de-, ex-, dis-, and rarely to re- and se-, v. the following COMPDS, such as segja, dicere, but afsegja, negare; rækja, colere, but afrækja, negligere; aflaga, contra legem; skapligr, normalis, afskapligr, deformis; afvik, recessus; afhús, afhellir, afdalr, etc.
    II. af intensivum, etymologically different, and akin to of, afr-, e. g. afdrykkja = ofdrykkja, inebrietas; afbrýði, jealously; afbendi, tenesmus; afglapi, vir fatuus, etc. etc. Both the privative and the intensive af may be contracted into á, esp. before a labial f, m, v, e. g. á fram = af fram; ábrýði = afbrýði; ávöxtr = afvöxtr; áburðr = afburðr; ávíta = afvíta (?). In some cases dubious. With extenuated and changed vowel; auvirðiligr or övirðiligr, depreciated, = afv- etc., v. those words.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > AF

  • 11 Alius

    1.
    Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):

    postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.
    2.
    ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:

    alis rare,

    Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:

    alid more freq.,

    Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:

    aliae,

    Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:

    ali,

    Lucr. 6, 1226:

    alio,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:

    aliae,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.
    I.
    A.. In gen.:

    eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,

    Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:

    alios multos,

    Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:

    plures alios,

    ib. ib. 12, 5:

    cum aliis pluribus,

    ib. Act. 15, 35:

    an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?

    Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:

    dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:

    nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:

    nec quisquam alius affuit,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 269:

    panem vel aliud quidquam,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:

    quidquid aliud dare,

    Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:

    ALIS NE POTESTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 2488:

    datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 12:

    adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,

    Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:

    aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,

    Lucr. 3, 918:

    ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:

    nisi quid pater ait aliud,

    id. And. 5, 4, 47:

    si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:

    quodcumque alid auget,

    Lucr. 5, 257:

    Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,

    Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:

    tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,

    Cic. Or. 71, 237:

    L. Aemilius alius vir erat,

    Liv. 44, 18:

    Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,

    Juv. 12, 24:

    alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,

    Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:

    nemo alius,

    Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:

    alius nemo,

    Cic. Quinct. 76:

    plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,

    Cels. 2, 18:

    aliud esse causae suspicamur,

    Cic. Fl. 39:

    Anne aliud tunc praefecti?

    Juv. 4, 78:

    estne viris reliqui aliud,

    Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:

    aliud auxilii,

    Tac. A. 5, 8:

    aliud subsidii,

    id. ib. 12, 46:

    alia honorum,

    id. ib. 1, 9:

    alia sumptuum,

    id. ib. 15, 15:

    sunt alia quae magis timeam,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:

    haec aliaque,

    Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —

    Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?

    Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):

    ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 6:

    utar post alio, si invenero melius,

    something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,

    si in aliud tempus differetur,

    Caes. B C. 1, 86:

    an alium exspectamus?

    Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:

    siti magis quam alia re accenditur,

    Sall. J. 89, 5:

    neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 85:

    neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,

    Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.
    Instances of the rare gen.
    alius:

    alius generis bestiae,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:

    alius ingenii,

    Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:

    alius ordinis,

    Amm. 30, 5, 10:

    artificis aliusve,

    Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:

    alius coloris,

    Non. p. 450:

    nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,

    Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—
    B.
    In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.
    (α).
    With atque, ac, or et:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:

    alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:

    potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,

    Cic. Or. 71, 237:

    longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,

    id. Att. 11, 10:

    res alio modo est ac putatur,

    id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:

    qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 28:

    non alius essem atque nunc sum,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9:

    longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:

    alia atque antea sentiret,

    id. Hann. 2, 2:

    lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,

    is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—
    (β).
    With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):

    amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,

    nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:

    neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 13:

    erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,

    id. de Or. 2, 12:

    Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?

    id. Phil. 8, 3:

    nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,

    id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:

    quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?

    id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:

    pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,

    Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:

    Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,

    id. Lys. 1, 4:

    neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,

    id. Eum. 1, 2:

    Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,

    Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;

    Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,

    Cic. Sest. 6, 13:

    ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:

    et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,

    id. 2, 63; 31, 24:

    sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,

    id. 2, 29:

    ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,

    Suet. Caes. 20:

    mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,

    id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:

    quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?

    Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,

    Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?

    Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:

    te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:

    quod alium quam se cooptassent,

    Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:

    Quid te aliud sollicitat?

    id. ib. 1, 2, 82:

    Quid aliud tibi vis?

    id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:

    Numquid vis aliud?

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:

    Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,

    Juv. 12, 48:

    Quid enim est aliud Antonius?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 70:

    Quid est aliud furere?

    id. Pis. 47:

    Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?

    Cat. 29, 15 al. —
    (γ).
    With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):

    qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,

    other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:

    quod est aliud melle,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:

    neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:

    alius Lysippo,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 240:

    accusator alius Sejano,

    Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—
    (δ).
    With praeter:

    nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:

    nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,

    Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:

    non est alius praeter eum,

    Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:

    rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?

    Cic. de Or. 2, 69:

    Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?

    id. Clu. 62:

    nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,

    Liv. 38, 21, 5.—
    (ε).
    With extra (eccl. Lat.):

    neque est alius extra te,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—
    (ζ).
    With absque (eccl. Lat.):

    non est alius Deus absque te,

    Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—
    (η).
    With praeterquam:

    cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,

    Liv. 3, 40.
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:

    quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 111:

    latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,

    id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:

    alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,

    Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:

    cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:

    proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;

    immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,

    id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:

    principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:

    nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,

    Verg. E. 1, 65:

    alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,

    Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:

    Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8:

    Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:

    castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,

    Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:

    alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;

    alius autem pecuniam],

    id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:

    Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,

    Juv. 14, 321:

    Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,

    Plin. Pan. 72:

    aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,

    Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:

    aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,

    id. 5, 10, 60 al.:

    jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,

    Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—
    B.
    Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.

    Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?

    one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:

    fallacia alia aliam trudit,

    Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:

    fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:

    signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,

    some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:

    alius in alia est re magis utilis,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 111:

    alius ex alia parte,

    id. Verr. 1, 66:

    dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,

    Verg. G. 1, 276:

    ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,

    Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:

    ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,

    id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:

    habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,

    one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un a

    l'autre,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:

    legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,

    id. ib. 2, 22:

    alius alia causa illata,

    id. ib. 1, 39:

    cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,

    Suet. Vesp. 6:

    alius alii subsidium ferunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    alius alio more viventes,

    each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:

    alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,

    id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:

    alii autem aliud clamabant,

    Vulg. Act. 19, 32:

    illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,

    now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:

    aliter ab aliis digeruntur,

    id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:

    equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,

    some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:

    cum alii alio mitterentur,

    id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:

    jussit alios alibi fodere,

    Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—
    C.
    Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:

    ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:

    aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,

    Cic. Fragm. C. 12:

    alid ex alio reficit natura,

    Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:

    ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:

    alias ex aliis nectendo moras,

    Liv. 7, 39:

    aliam ex alia prolem,

    Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:

    nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,

    id. A. 3, 494:

    quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,

    Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:

    aliud super aliud scelus,

    id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:

    deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,

    Sall. J. 63, 5.—
    D.
    Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:

    eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,

    Cic. Or. 22, 72:

    alio atque alio loco requiescere,

    in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:

    inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,

    Liv. 8, 23:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2:

    cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,

    Liv. 1, 8:

    milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,

    id. 2, 2:

    luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,

    Plin. 2, 10:

    febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,

    Cels. 3, 3:

    cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,

    id. 5, 26:

    aliis atque aliis causis,

    Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:

    saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,

    id. ib. 36, 2:

    aliis post aliis minitari,

    id. ib. 55, 8.—
    E.
    Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:

    nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):

    alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 13:

    Huic aliud mercedis erit,

    Verg. E. 6, 26:

    longe alia mihi mens est,

    Sall. C. 52, 2:

    Vos aliam potatis aquam,

    Juv. 5, 52:

    lectus non alius cuiquam,

    id. 8, 178:

    ensesque recondit mors alia,

    Stat. Th. 7, 806:

    ostensus est in alia effigie,

    Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:

    alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:

    homines alii facti sunt,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 12:

    mutaberis in virum alium,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;

    qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,

    Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:

    frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 12:

    de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,

    id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:

    discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—
    F.
    Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:

    Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 41:

    inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,

    Liv. 7, 26:

    vulgus aliud trucidatum,

    id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:

    legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,

    Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:

    cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,

    id. ib. 6, 33 al.—
    G.
    Like alter, one of two, the other of two:

    huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;

    magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,

    Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:

    duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,

    one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:

    ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,

    each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:

    marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,

    Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,

    alias partes fovere,

    the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:

    Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:

    classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,

    Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):

    ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,

    a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:

    alius Nero,

    Suet. Tit. 7.—
    H.
    A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:

    mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,

    than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:

    facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,

    Cat. 66, 28:

    Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,

    Verg. A. 4, 174:

    quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,

    Sall. J. 2, 4:

    quo non aliud atrocius visum,

    Tac. A. 6, 24:

    (Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,

    Sall. J. 96, 3:

    neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,

    id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:

    non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,

    id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.
    A.
    ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).
    1.
    In gen.
    a.
    Of place:

    fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:

    ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,

    Liv. 32, 2:

    translatos alio maerebis amores,

    Hor. Epod. 15, 23:

    decurrens alio,

    id. S. 2, 1, 32:

    nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:

    Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,

    to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:

    si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,

    Liv. 38, 30. —
    b.
    Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):

    illi suum animum alio conferunt,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:

    ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,

    id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:

    hi narrata ferunt alio,

    Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:

    sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,

    id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:

    quoniam alio properare tempus monet,

    Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—
    c.
    Of purpose or design:

    appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,

    for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:

    hoc longe alio spectabat,

    looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—
    2.
    a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:

    hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,

    Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:

    nihil alio atque alio spargitur,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—
    b.
    Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:

    et ceteri quidem alius alio,

    Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:

    aliud alio dissipavit,

    id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:

    quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—
    c.
    Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;

    in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,

    for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:

    quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?

    Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—
    B.
    ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—
    C.
    ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).
    1.
    Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.
    a.
    At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.

    Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):

    sed alias jocabimur,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:

    sed plura scribemus alias,

    id. ib. 7, 6:

    et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,

    id. Planc. 18:

    nil oriturum alias,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:

    recte secusne, alias viderimus,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:

    Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;

    nunc, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:

    gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,

    Curt. 4, 3, 18:

    alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,

    id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;

    as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:

    consilio numquam alias dato,

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:

    numquam ante alias,

    Liv. 2, 22, 7:

    non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,

    id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:

    si quando umquam ante alias,

    id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):

    Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,

    Suet. Aug. 75.—
    b.
    Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:

    Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:

    nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,

    id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:

    contentius alias, alias summissius,

    id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:

    cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:

    nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,

    Cic. Sen. 15, 51:

    geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,

    id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:

    hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,

    Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:

    illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—
    c.
    Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:

    et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:

    alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,

    id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):

    illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,

    id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:

    (deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,

    id. Red. in Sen. 30:

    ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,

    id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—
    d.
    Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;

    also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:

    fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 11:

    quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,

    id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:

    quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,

    id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:

    cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,

    id. Brut. 39, 144:

    cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,

    id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:

    neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,

    Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:

    nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,

    Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,
    e.
    Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—
    f.
    Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:

    ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,

    Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—
    g.
    Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):

    non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,

    never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:

    non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,

    Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:

    non alias majore mole concursum,

    Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;

    11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,

    id. Agr. 5:

    haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,

    id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—
    2.
    Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):

    Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,

    Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:

    sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,

    Macr. S. 5, 19.—
    3.
    Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:

    in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,

    Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—
    4.
    Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):

    non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 73:

    debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,

    by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—
    5.
    Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —
    D.
    ălĭtĕr, adv. [alis; v. alius init. ], otherwise, in another manner, allôs.
    1.
    With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.
    a.
    With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:

    sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:

    aliter ac nos vellemus,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 23:

    de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,

    id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:

    si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:

    si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:

    Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?

    id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
    b.
    Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:

    Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,

    Verg. A. 4, 669:

    dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:

    nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,

    Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:

    illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,

    id. 3, 51, 12:

    nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,

    Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:

    Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,

    Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:

    non aliter quam cum, etc.,

    Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:

    nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:

    Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,

    Verg. G. 1, 201:

    non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,

    Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:

    neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,

    id. 5, 8, 1:

    patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,

    Juv. 7, 220:

    successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,

    Tac. A. 6, 30.—
    * c.
    Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:

    cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,

    Mel. 1, 9, 6.—
    d.
    Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:

    qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,

    Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —
    e.
    Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:

    neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,

    Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—
    2.
    Without a comparative clause expressed.
    a.
    In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:

    vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,

    though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:

    tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:

    ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,

    in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:

    Si quis aliter docet,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:

    quae aliter se habent,

    ib. ib. 5, 25:

    Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,

    Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:

    non fuit faciendum aliter,

    Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:

    Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?

    Juv. 3, 281:

    aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,

    Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:

    haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),

    Verg. A. 9, 65:

    haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,

    id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:

    non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,

    Hor. Epod. 14, 10:

    neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,

    id. C. 1, 18, 4:

    neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,

    Tac. H. 5, 19:

    nec aliter expiari potest,

    Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;

    Fieri aliter non potest,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;

    fieri non potuit aliter,

    Cic. Att. 6, 6.—
    b.
    Esp.
    (α).
    Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:

    verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,

    Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):

    amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:

    dis aliter visum,

    Verg. A. 2, 428:

    sin aliter tibi videtur,

    Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:

    neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,

    Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—
    (β).
    Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:

    sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;

    ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
    (γ).
    For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:

    jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),

    Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:

    si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,

    Nep. Them. 7 fin.:

    aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,

    Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:

    aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,

    Verg. A. 6, 147:

    veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,

    Tac. H. 4, 59:

    quoniam aliter non possem,

    Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—
    (δ).
    Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:

    aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,

    Tac. Or. 32:

    Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,

    Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:

    aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,

    id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:

    idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,

    Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—
    (ε).
    With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):

    quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:

    hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,

    Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—
    (ζ).
    Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):

    non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,

    Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:

    idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,

    id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Alius

  • 12 alius

    1.
    Ālĭus (better Ālĕus), a, um, adj., = Elius (v. Alis and Elis), Elian; subst., a native of Elis, a town in Achaia (only a few times in Plaut. Capt.):

    postquam belligerant Aetoli cum Aleis,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 24; 27; 2, 2, 30.
    2.
    ălĭus, a, ud, adj. and subst. (old form, alis, alid, after the analogy of quis, quid:

    alis rare,

    Cat. 66, 28; Sall. ap. Charis, 2, p. 133; Inscr. Orell. 2488:

    alid more freq.,

    Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 257; 5, 1305; 5, 1456; Cat. 29, 15; cf. Prisc. 13, p. 959.— Gen. sing. masc.: alius, rare, and not used by Tac.; for which alterius is com. used (v. alter); also alii, Cato and Licin. ap. Prisc. 194 P.; Varr. R. R. 1, 2.— Fem. gen.:

    aliae,

    Lucr. 3, 918; Cic. Div. 2, 13, 30; Liv. 24, 27, 8; Gell. 2, 28, 1; Capito ap. Gell. 4, 10, 8.— Masc. dat.:

    ali,

    Lucr. 6, 1226:

    alio,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 13. — Fem. dat.:

    aliae,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 207; Gell. 9, 4, 8) [cf. allos; Osc. allo ( nom. sing. fem.); Goth. alis; Erse, aile; O. H. Germ. alles, elles ( conj.); Engl. else], another, [p. 90] other (i. e. of many, whereas alter is one of two, v. exceptt. under II. G.); freq. with the indef. pronn. aliquis, quis, aliqui, qui, quidam, and the interrog. quis, qui, etc.
    I.
    A.. In gen.:

    eorum sectam sequuntur multi mortales... multi alii ex Troja strenui viri,

    Naev. Bell. Pun. 1, 16:

    alios multos,

    Vulg. Matt. 15, 30; ib. Marc. 7, 4:

    plures alios,

    ib. ib. 12, 5:

    cum aliis pluribus,

    ib. Act. 15, 35:

    an ita dissolvit, ut omnes alii dissolverunt?

    Cic. Font. 1; Tac. H. 5, 5:

    dum aliud aliquid flagiti conficiat,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 2, 5:

    nec nobis praeter med alius quisquam est servos Sosia,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 244:

    nec quisquam alius affuit,

    id. ib. 1, 1, 269:

    panem vel aliud quidquam,

    Vulg. 2 Reg. 3, 35. utrum hanc actionem habebis an aliam quampiam; Cic. Caecin. 37:

    quidquid aliud dare,

    Vulg. Lev. 22, 25:

    ALIS NE POTESTO,

    Inscr. Orell. 2488:

    datum Mi esse ab dis aliis,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 12:

    adulescentulo in alio occupato amore,

    Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:

    aut aliae cujus desiderium insideat rei,

    Lucr. 3, 918:

    ne quam aliam quaerat copiam,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 54:

    nisi quid pater ait aliud,

    id. And. 5, 4, 47:

    si verum est, Q. Fabium Labeonem seu quem alium arbitrum a senatu datum, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 10, 33:

    quodcumque alid auget,

    Lucr. 5, 257:

    Est alius quidam, parasitaster paululus,

    Ter. Ad. 5. 2, 4; so Vulg. Luc. 22, 59:

    tuo (judicio) stabis, si aliud quoddam est tuum,

    Cic. Or. 71, 237:

    L. Aemilius alius vir erat,

    Liv. 44, 18:

    Genus ecce aliud discriminis audi,

    Juv. 12, 24:

    alius, ne condemnaretur, pecuniam dedit,

    Cic. Verr. 5, 117; Tac. Agr. 39:

    nemo alius,

    Cic. Pis. 94; Vulg. Joan. 15, 24:

    alius nemo,

    Cic. Quinct. 76:

    plus alimenti est in pane quam in ullo alio,

    Cels. 2, 18:

    aliud esse causae suspicamur,

    Cic. Fl. 39:

    Anne aliud tunc praefecti?

    Juv. 4, 78:

    estne viris reliqui aliud,

    Sall. Fragm. 187, 19:

    aliud auxilii,

    Tac. A. 5, 8:

    aliud subsidii,

    id. ib. 12, 46:

    alia honorum,

    id. ib. 1, 9:

    alia sumptuum,

    id. ib. 15, 15:

    sunt alia quae magis timeam,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 29: Facete is quidem, sicut alia, many other things, id. Fin. 1, 3, 7 Madv.:

    haec aliaque,

    Tac. H. 3, 51 al. —

    Hence, alio die, t. t. of the soothsayer, when he wished the Comitia postponed to another day, on the pretence of unfavorable omens: quid gravius quam rem susceptam dirimi, si unus augur alio die dixerit?

    Cic. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Phil. 2, 33, 83 and 84 Wernsd. Perh. there is a reference to the same thing in Plaut. Poen. 2, 52: ita res divina mihi fuit: res serias omnes extollo ex hoc die in alium diem.—With aliquis, quisquam, or ullus implied (cf. aliqui, V. B., and aliquis, II. B.):

    ut, etiam si aliud melius fuit, tamen legatorum reditum exspectetis,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 6:

    utar post alio, si invenero melius,

    something else, id. Tusc. 1, 7, 14; so,

    si in aliud tempus differetur,

    Caes. B C. 1, 86:

    an alium exspectamus?

    Vulg. Matt. 11, 3; ib. Marc. 4, 36:

    siti magis quam alia re accenditur,

    Sall. J. 89, 5:

    neque sex legiones alia de causa missas in Hispaniam,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 85:

    neque creatura alia poterit nos separare,

    Vulg. Rom. 8, 39.
    Instances of the rare gen.
    alius:

    alius generis bestiae,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 48, 123; Varr. L. L. 9, 40, 67 dub.:

    alius ingenii,

    Liv. 1, 56, 7 Madv. by conj.:

    alius ordinis,

    Amm. 30, 5, 10:

    artificis aliusve,

    Front. Controv. Agr. 2, 40, 27:

    alius coloris,

    Non. p. 450:

    nomine vel ejus pro quo... aut alius qui, etc.,

    Dig. 39, 2, 24, § 6; v. aliusmodi.—
    B.
    In comparisons, with atque, ac, or et, more rarely with nisi and quam; with the latter, in good class. authors, only when preceded by a neg. clause, or by an interrog. implying a neg.; cf. Ruhnk. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; instead of quam, the comp. abl. or praeter, and similar words, sometimes appear, other than, different from, etc.
    (α).
    With atque, ac, or et:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35:

    alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 13:

    potest non solum aliud mihi ac tibi, sed mihi ipsi aliud alias videri,

    Cic. Or. 71, 237:

    longe alia nobis ac tu scripseras nuntiantur,

    id. Att. 11, 10:

    res alio modo est ac putatur,

    id. Inv. 2, 6, 21 B. and K.:

    qui longe alia ratione ac reliqui Galli bellum gerere coeperunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 28:

    non alius essem atque nunc sum,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9:

    longe aliam esse navigationem in concluso mari atque in vastissimo atque apertissimo Oceano perspiciebant,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 9: aliud (se) esse facturum ac pronunciasset, Nep. Ages. 3, 4:

    alia atque antea sentiret,

    id. Hann. 2, 2:

    lux longe alia est solis et lychnorum,

    is very different, Cic. Cael. 28.—
    (β).
    With nisi or quam (the latter is suspicious in Cic.; cf. Ochsn. Eclog. 252; Orell. ad Cic. Tusc. 1, 31, 75):

    amare autem nihil aliud est, nisi eum ipsum diligere, quem ames,

    nothing else than, only, Cic. Lael. 27, 100:

    neque ulla fuit causa intermissionis epistularum nisi quod, etc.,

    id. Fam. 7, 13:

    erat historia nihil aliud nisi annalium confectio,

    id. de Or. 2, 12:

    Quid est aliud tumultus nisi perturbatio tanta, ut, etc.?

    id. Phil. 8, 3:

    nihil aliud agerem, nisi eum, qui accusatus esset, defenderem,

    id. Sull. 12; id. Att. 5, 10:

    quid est aliud Gigantum modo bellare cum dis nisi naturae repugnare?

    id. Sen. 2, 5; id. Sex. Rosc. 19, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 13; id. Leg. 1, 8, 25:

    pinaster nihil aliud est quam pinus silvestris,

    Plin. 16, 10; Nep. Arist. 2, 2; id. Paus. 1, 4:

    Lysander nihil aliud molitus est quam ut omnes civitates in sua teneret potestate,

    id. Lys. 1, 4:

    neque aliud huic defuit quam generosa stirps,

    id. Eum. 1, 2:

    Nullo quippe alio vincis discrimine quam quod Illi marmoreum caput est, etc.,

    Juv. 8, 54.—Hence, nihil aliud nisi or quam, = ouden allo ê, followed by finite verb, nothing else than, nothing but, only (after these words, fecit, factum est may be supplied, or the phraseology changed to nulla alia re facta; cf. Matth. Gr. 903; Hoogev. ad Vig. p. 475;

    Kuhn. Gr. Gr. II. p. 825): tribunatus P. Sestii nihil aliud nisi meum nomen causamque sustinuit,

    Cic. Sest. 6, 13:

    ut nihil aliud nisi de hoste ac de laude cogitet,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 22, 64; Liv. 2, 8:

    et hostes quidem nihil aliud (i. e. nulla alia re facta) quam perfusis vano timore Romanis citato agmine abeunt,

    id. 2, 63; 31, 24:

    sed ab lictore nihil aliud quam prehendere prohibito, cum conversus in Patres impetus esset,

    id. 2, 29:

    ut domo abditus nihil aliud quam per edicta obnuntiaret,

    Suet. Caes. 20:

    mox nihil aliud quam vectabatur et deambulabat,

    id. Aug. 83.—So, quid aliud quam? what other thing than? what else than? quibus quid aliud quam admonemus cives nos eorum esse, Liv. 4, 3:

    quid aliud quam ad bellum vocabantur?

    Flor. 3, 23 med.; so,

    Quid Tullius? Anne aliud quam sidus?

    Juv. 7, 199.—In affirmative-clauses rare, and only post-Aug.:

    te alia omnia, quam quae velis, agere, moleste ferrem,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 15, 2:

    quod alium quam se cooptassent,

    Suet. Ner. 2 al. —So, with the simple interrogative, quis alius? quid aliud? Qui, malum, alii? Ter. Eun. 4, 7, 10:

    Quid te aliud sollicitat?

    id. ib. 1, 2, 82:

    Quid aliud tibi vis?

    id. Heaut. 2, 3, 90:

    Numquid vis aliud?

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 111:

    Sed quis nunc alius audet praeferre? etc.,

    Juv. 12, 48:

    Quid enim est aliud Antonius?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 70:

    Quid est aliud furere?

    id. Pis. 47:

    Quid est alia sinistra liberalitas?

    Cat. 29, 15 al. —
    (γ).
    With comp. abl. (cf. in Gr. alla tôn dikaiôn, Xen. Mem. 4, 4, 25):

    qui quaerit alia his, malum videtur quaerere,

    other than, Plaut. Poen. prol. 22:

    quod est aliud melle,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 16: nec quidquam aliud libertate communi quaesisse, nothing else but, Brut. et Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 2:

    neve putes alium sapiente bonoque beatum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 20:

    alius Lysippo,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 240:

    accusator alius Sejano,

    Phaedr. 3, prol. 41.—
    (δ).
    With praeter:

    nec nobis praeter me alius quisquam est servos Sosia,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 249:

    nec quidquam aliud est philosophia praeter studium sapientiae,

    Cic. Off. 2, 2, 5:

    non est alius praeter eum,

    Vulg. Marc. 12, 32:

    rogavit numquid aliud ferret praeter arcam?

    Cic. de Or. 2, 69:

    Num quid igitur aliud in illis judiciis versatum est praeter hasce insidias?

    id. Clu. 62:

    nec jam tela alia habebant praeter gladios,

    Liv. 38, 21, 5.—
    (ε).
    With extra (eccl. Lat.):

    neque est alius extra te,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 2. 2; ib. Soph. 2, 15.—
    (ζ).
    With absque (eccl. Lat.):

    non est alius Deus absque te,

    Vulg. 1 Par. 17, 20.—
    (η).
    With praeterquam:

    cum aliud, praeterquam de quo retulissent, decemviri dicere prohiberent,

    Liv. 3, 40.
    II.
    Esp.
    A.
    In distributive-clauses repeated even several times, and also interchanged with non nulli, quidam, ceteri, pars, partim, etc., the one... the other; plur., some... others:

    quid potes dicere cur alia defendas, alia non cures?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 111:

    latera tegentes alios, alios praegredientes amicos,

    id. ib. 13, 4: cum alii fossas complerent, alii defensores vallo depellerent, Caes. B. G. 3, 25; id. B. C. 1, 55:

    alii experimentorum notitiam necessariam esse contendunt, alii non satis potentem usum esse proponunt, Cels. prooem.: quae minus tuta erant, alia fossis, alia vallis, alia turribus muniebat,

    Liv. 32, 5; so Vulg. Matt. 13, 5 sqq.; ib. 1 Cor. 12, 10; Cels. 3, 3, enumerating the different kinds of fever, repeats aliae seventeen times:

    cum aliis Q. Frater legatus, aliis C. Pomptinus legatus, reliquis M. Anneius legatus etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 15, 4, 8:

    proferebant alii purpuram, tus alii, gemmas alii, vina non nulli Graeca,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 56, § 146: alias bestias nantes, alias volucres, serpentes quasdam, quasdam esse gradientes; earum ipsarum partim solivagas, partim congregatas;

    immanes alias, quasdam autem cicures, non nullas abditas,

    id. Tusc. 5, 13, 38:

    principes partim interfecerant, alios in exsilium ejecerant,

    Nep. Pelop. 1, 4:

    nos alii ibimus Afros, pars Scythiam veniemus,

    Verg. E. 1, 65:

    alii superstantes proeliarentur, pars occulti muros subruerent,

    Tac. H. 4, 23.—Sometimes alius is omitted in one clause:

    Helvetii ea spe dejecti navibus junctis, alii vadis Rhodani, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 8:

    Veientes ignari in partem praedae suae vocatos deos, alios votis ex urbe sua evocatos, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 21; Plin. 2, 43, 44, § 114:

    castra metari placuit, ut opus et alii proelium inciperent,

    Tac. A. 1, 63.—Also with aliquis:

    alia sunt tamquam sibi nata, ut oculi, ut aures: aliqua etiam ceterorum membrorum usum adjuvant,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 19, 63: [putat aliquis esse voluptatem bonum;

    alius autem pecuniam],

    id. Tusc. 5, 28, 60 B. and K.; cf. Goer. ad Cic. Ac. 2, 10, 20.—Sometimes aliud... aliud designate merely a distinction between two objects contrasted, one thing... another:

    Numquam aliud natura, aliud sapientia dicit,

    Juv. 14, 321:

    Fuit tempus, quo alia adversa, alia secunda principi,

    Plin. Pan. 72:

    aliud est male dicere, aliud accusare,

    Cic. Cael. 3; id. Lig. 16; Quint. 10, 1, 53:

    aliud est servum esse, aliud servire,

    id. 5, 10, 60 al.:

    jam sciunt longe aliud esse virgines rapere, aliud pugnare cum viris,

    Liv. 1, 12; cf. infra, e.—
    B.
    Alius repeated in another case, or with its derivatives, aliter, alias, alio, alibi, aliunde, etc. (but never with its derivatives in Tac.), in imitation of the Greek (cf. L. and S. s. v. allos, and Ochsn. Eclog. 110): simul alis alid aliunde rumitant inter se, Naev. ap. Fest. pp. 135 and 225; cf.

    Bothe, Fragm. Comic. p. 25: alius alium percontamur, cuja est navis?

    one another, Plaut. Stich. 2, 2, 46:

    fallacia alia aliam trudit,

    Ter. And. 4, 4, 40:

    fecerunt alii quidem alia quam multa,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 20, 6:

    signa et ornamenta alia alio in loco intuebantur,

    some in one place and some in another, id. Verr. 2. 1, 22:

    alius in alia est re magis utilis,

    id. Sex. Rosc. 111:

    alius ex alia parte,

    id. Verr. 1, 66:

    dies alios alio dedit ordine Luna felicis operum,

    Verg. G. 1, 276:

    ut ipsi inter se alii aliis prodesse possent,

    Cic. Off. 1, 7, 22; id. Leg. 1, 12, 33:

    ideo multa conjecta sunt, aliud alio tempore,

    id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 7:

    habes Sardos venales, alium alio nequiorem,

    one worse than another, id. Fam. 7, 24: quo facto cum alius alii subsidium ferrent, one to another, Fr., l'un a

    l'autre,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26 Herz.:

    legiones aliae alia in parte resistunt,

    id. ib. 2, 22:

    alius alia causa illata,

    id. ib. 1, 39:

    cum ceteros alii alium alia de causa improbarent,

    Suet. Vesp. 6:

    alius alii subsidium ferunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    alius alio more viventes,

    each in a different way, Sall. C. 6, 2:

    alius alii tanti facinoris conscii,

    id. ib. 22, 2; so id. ib. 52, 28; id. J. 53, 8; Curt. 10, 5, 16; Just. 15, 2:

    alii autem aliud clamabant,

    Vulg. Act. 19, 32:

    illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus sentiunt,

    now this, now that, Cic. de Or. 2, 7 fin.:

    aliter ab aliis digeruntur,

    id. ib. 2, 19; Vulg. 3 Reg. 22, 20:

    equites alii alia dilapsi sunt,

    some in this way, some in that, Liv. 44, 43:

    cum alii alio mitterentur,

    id. 7, 39: Alis alibi stantes, omnes tamen adversis volneribus conciderunt, Sall. ap. Charis. 2, p. 133:

    jussit alios alibi fodere,

    Liv. 44, 33; Vulg. Sap. 18, 18.—
    C.
    Alius ex alio, super alium, post alium, one after another; so often of the connection between ideas:

    ut aliud ex alio incidit, occurrit, etc.,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 3, 37:

    aliud ex alio succurrit mihi,

    Cic. Fragm. C. 12:

    alid ex alio reficit natura,

    Lucr. 1, 263; 5, 1305; 5, 1456: sed, [p. 91] ut aliud ex alio, mihi non est dubium, quin, etc., Cic. Att. 16, 14, Plin. Pan. 18, 1:

    ex alio in aliud vicissitudo atque mutatio,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 24, 69:

    alias ex aliis nectendo moras,

    Liv. 7, 39:

    aliam ex alia prolem,

    Verg. G. 3, 65; id. Cir. 364:

    nos alia ex aliis in fata vocamur,

    id. A. 3, 494:

    quae impie per biennium alia super alia es ausus,

    Liv. 3, 56; 23, 36:

    aliud super aliud scelus,

    id. 30, 26; Plin. Ep. 7, 8; Suet. Ner. 49:

    deinde ab eo magistratu alium post alium sibi peperit,

    Sall. J. 63, 5.—
    D.
    Alius atque alius or alius aliusque, the one and the other; now this, now that; different:

    eadem res saepe aut probatur aut reicitur, alio atque alio elata verbo,

    Cic. Or. 22, 72:

    alio atque alio loco requiescere,

    in different places, Sall. J. 72, 2:

    inchoata res aliis atque aliis de causis dilata erat,

    Liv. 8, 23:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2:

    cum alia atque alia appetendo loca munirent,

    Liv. 1, 8:

    milites trans flumen aliis atque aliis locis traiciebant,

    id. 2, 2:

    luna alio atque alio loco exoritur,

    Plin. 2, 10:

    febres aliae aliaeque subinde oriuntur,

    Cels. 3, 3:

    cancer aliis aliisque signis discernitur,

    id. 5, 26:

    aliis atque aliis causis,

    Suet. Aug. 97.—In Sall. also alius deinde alius or alius post alius:

    saepe tentantes agros alia deinde alia loca petiverant, J. 18, 7: alias deinde alias morae causas facere,

    id. ib. 36, 2:

    aliis post aliis minitari,

    id. ib. 55, 8.—
    E.
    Of another kind or nature, i. e. different; hence, alium facere, to make different, to change, transform; and alium fleri, to become different, to be wholly changed:

    nunc haec dies aliam vitam affert, alios mores postulat,

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 18 (aliam vitam pro diversam, contrariam, Don.):

    alium nunc censes esse me atque olim cum dabam,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 13:

    Huic aliud mercedis erit,

    Verg. E. 6, 26:

    longe alia mihi mens est,

    Sall. C. 52, 2:

    Vos aliam potatis aquam,

    Juv. 5, 52:

    lectus non alius cuiquam,

    id. 8, 178:

    ensesque recondit mors alia,

    Stat. Th. 7, 806:

    ostensus est in alia effigie,

    Vulg. Marc. 16, 12; ib. Rom. 7, 23; ib. Gal. 1, 6; ib. Jac. 2, 25:

    alium fecisti me, alius ad te veneram,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 123: alius nunc fieri volo, id. Poen. prol. fin.:

    homines alii facti sunt,

    Cic. Fam. 11, 12:

    mutaberis in virum alium,

    Vulg. 1 Reg. 10, 6; cf. supra, II. A. fin. —Hence, in alia omnia ire, transire, or discedere, sc. vota, to differ from the thing proposed; and in gen., to reject or oppose it, to go over to the opposite side: qui hoc censetis, illuc transite;

    qui alia omnia, in hanc partem: his verbis praeit ominis videlicet causa, ne dicat: qui non censetis,

    Fest. p. 221; Plin. Ep. 8, 14, 19:

    frequens eum senatus reliquit et in alia omnia discessit,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 12:

    de tribus legatis frequentes ierunt in alia omnia,

    id. ib. 1, 2 Manut.: cum prima M. Marcelli sententia pronunciata esset, frequens senatus in alia omnia iit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 13:

    discessionem faciente Marcello, senatus frequens in alia omnia transiit,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 53: aliud or alias res agere, v. ago, II. 7.—
    F.
    Of that which remains of a whole, = reliquus, ceteri, the rest, the remainder:

    Divitiaco ex aliis Gallis maximam fidem habebat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 41:

    inter primos atrox proelium fuit, alia multitudo terga vertit,

    Liv. 7, 26:

    vulgus aliud trucidatum,

    id. 7, 19; 2, 23; so id. 24, 1:

    legiones in testudinem glomerabantur et alii tela incutiebant,

    Tac. H. 3, 31; id. A. 1, 30; 3, 42:

    cum alios incessus hostis clausisset, unum reliquum aestas impediret,

    id. ib. 6, 33 al.—
    G.
    Like alter, one of two, the other of two:

    huic fuerunt filii nati duo, alium servus surpuit, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 8; cf. id. ib. arg. 2 and 9: eis genus, aetas, eloquentia prope aequalia fuere;

    magnitudo animi par, item gloria, sed alia alii,

    Sall. C. 54, 1 Kritz:

    duo Romani super alium alius corruerunt,

    one upon the other, Liv. 1, 25, 5:

    ita duo deinceps reges, alius alia via, civitatem auxerunt,

    each in a different way, id. 1, 21, 6; 24, 27:

    marique alio Nicopolim ingressus,

    Tac. A. 5, 10 ( Ionio, Halm); so,

    alias partes fovere,

    the other side, id. H. 1, 8.—Also in the enumeration of the parts of any thing:

    Gallia est omnis divisa in partes tres, quarum unam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aquitani, tertiam Celtae,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1 Herz.:

    classium item duo genera sunt: unum liburnarum, aliud lusoriarum,

    Veg. 2, 1 (cf. in Gr. meinantes de tautên tên hêmeran, têi allêi eporeuonto, Xen. Anab. 3, 4, 1; and so the Vulg.: Alia die profecti, the next day, Act. 21, 8).—Hence, alius with a proper name used as an appell. (cf. alter):

    ne quis alius Ariovistus regno Galliarum potiretur,

    a second Ariovistus, Tac. H. 4, 73 fin.:

    alius Nero,

    Suet. Tit. 7.—
    H.
    A peculiar enhancement of the idea is produced by alius with a neg. and the comp.:

    mulier, qua mulier alia nulla est pulchrior,

    than whom no other woman is more beautiful, to whom no other woman is equal in beauty, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 100:

    facinus, quo non fortius ausit alis,

    Cat. 66, 28:

    Fama malum qua non aliud velocius ullum,

    Verg. A. 4, 174:

    quo neque melius neque amplius aliud in natura mortalium est,

    Sall. J. 2, 4:

    quo non aliud atrocius visum,

    Tac. A. 6, 24:

    (Sulla) neque consilio neque manu priorem alium pati,

    Sall. J. 96, 3:

    neque majus aliud neque praestabilius invenias,

    id. ib. 1, 2; Liv. 1, 24:

    non alia ante Romana pugna atrocior fuit,

    id. 1, 27; 2, 31; Tac. A. 6, 7 al.; cf. under aliter, 2. b. z.—Hence the advv.
    A.
    ălĭō, adv. (an old dat. form, designating direction to a place; cf.: eo, quo), elsewhither (arch.), elsewhere, to another place, person, or thing, allose (class., esp. among poets; but not found in Lucr. or Juv.).
    1.
    In gen.
    a.
    Of place:

    fortasse tu profectus alio fueras,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 49:

    ut ab Norba alio traducerentur,

    Liv. 32, 2:

    translatos alio maerebis amores,

    Hor. Epod. 15, 23:

    decurrens alio,

    id. S. 2, 1, 32:

    nam frustra vitium vitaveris illud, Si te alio pravum detorseris,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 55.—With quo:

    Arpinumne mihi eundum sit, an quo alio,

    to some other place, Cic. Att. 9, 17:

    si quando Romam aliove quo mitterent legatos,

    Liv. 38, 30. —
    b.
    Of persons or things (cf. alias, alibi, alicunde, etc.):

    illi suum animum alio conferunt,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 10 (cf. Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 62:

    ne ad illam me animum adjecisse sentiat): ne quando iratus tu alio conferas,

    id. Eun. 3, 1, 60 Don.:

    hi narrata ferunt alio,

    Ov. M. 12, 57: tamen vocat me alio ( to another subject) jam dudum tacita vestra exspectatio, Cic. Clu. 23, 63; id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139:

    sed, si placet, sermonem alio transferamus,

    id. de Or. 1, 29, 133:

    quoniam alio properare tempus monet,

    Sall. J. 19, 2; so Tac. A. 1, 18 al.—
    c.
    Of purpose or design:

    appellet haec desideria naturae: cupiditatis nomen servet alio,

    for another purpose, Cic. Fin. 2, 9, 27:

    hoc longe alio spectabat,

    looked quite elsewhere, had a far different design, Nep. Them. 6, 3.—
    2.
    a.. Alio... alio, in one way... in another; hither... thither, = huc... illuc:

    hic (i. e. in ea re) alio res familiaris, alio ducit humanitas,

    Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89: alio atque alio, in one way and another:

    nihil alio atque alio spargitur,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 11, 2.—
    b.
    Alius alio, each in a different way, one in one way, another in another:

    et ceteri quidem alius alio,

    Cic. Off. 3, 20, 80:

    aliud alio dissipavit,

    id. Div. 1, 34, 76; so Liv. 2, 54, 9; 7, 39.—So, aliunde alio, from one place to another:

    quassatione terrae aliunde alio (aquae) transferuntur,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 11, 1; cf. aliunde.—
    c.
    Like alius or aliter with a negative and the particles of comparison quam or atque;

    in questions with nisi: plebem nusquam alio natam quam ad serviendum,

    for nothing but, Liv. 7, 18, 7: non alio datam summam quam in emptionem, etc., * Suet. Aug. 98 Ruhnk.:

    quo alio nisi ad nos confugerent?

    Liv. 39, 36, 11; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 232-234.—
    B.
    ălĭā, adv. (sc. via), in another way, in a different manner (in the whole ante-class. and class. per. dub.); for in Plaut. Rud. prol. 10, aliuta has been proposed; in Lucr. 6, 986, Lachm. reads alio; in Liv. 21, 56, 2, Weissenb. alibi; and in id. 44, 43, 2, via may be supplied from the preced. context; certain only in Don. ad Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 5; cf. Hand, Turs. I. p. 219.—
    C.
    ălĭās, adv. (acc. to Prisc. 1014 P., and Corss. Ausspr. I. p. 769, an acc. form like foras; but acc. to Herz. ad Caes. B. G. 5, 57, and Hab. Syn. 79, old gen. like paterfamili as, Alcmen as, etc. In the ante-class. per. rare; only once in Plaut., twice in Ter., twice in Varro; in the class. per. most freq. in Cic., but only three times in his orations; also in Plin.).
    1.
    Of time, at a time other than the present, whether it be in the past or (more freq.) in the future.
    a.
    At another time, at other times, on another occasion (alias: temporis adverbium, quod Graeci allote, aliter allôs, Capitol. Orth. 2242 P.; cf.

    Herz. and Hab., as cited above): alias ut uti possim causa hac integra,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 4; so id. And. 3, 2, 49 (alias = alio tempore, Don.):

    sed alias jocabimur,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 13, 2:

    sed plura scribemus alias,

    id. ib. 7, 6:

    et alias et in consulatus petitione vinci,

    id. Planc. 18:

    nil oriturum alias,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 17.—In the future, freq. in contrast with nunc, in praesentia, tum, hactenus:

    recte secusne, alias viderimus,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 135:

    Hactenus haec: alias justum sit necne poema, Nunc, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 63: sed haec alias pluribus;

    nunc, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 2, 2 fin.; Liv. 44, 36 fin.: quare placeat, alias ostendemus; in praesentia, etc., Auct. ad Her. 3, 16, 28.—In the past:

    gubernatores alias imperare soliti, tum metu mortis jussa exsequebantur,

    Curt. 4, 3, 18:

    alias bellare inter se solitos, tunc periculi societas junxerat,

    id. 9, 4, 15.—Freq. with advv. of time;

    as numquam, umquam, and the like: si umquam in dicendo fuimus aliquid, aut etiam si numquam alias fuimus, tum profecto, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 4, 2, 2:

    consilio numquam alias dato,

    Hor. C. 3, 5, 45:

    numquam ante alias,

    Liv. 2, 22, 7:

    non umquam alias ante tantus terror senatum invasit,

    id. 2, 9, 5; 1, 28, 4:

    si quando umquam ante alias,

    id. 32, 5 (where the four advv. of time are to be taken together):

    Saturnalibus et si quando alias libuisset, modo munera dividebat,

    Suet. Aug. 75.—
    b.
    Alias... alias, as in Gr. allote... allote; allote men... allote de, at one time... at another; once... another time; sometimes... sometimes; now... now:

    Alias me poscit pro illa triginta minas, Alias talentum magnum,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 63; so Varr. L. L. 8, § 76 Mull.; id. R. R. 2, 1, 15; Cic. Verr. 1, 46, 120:

    nec potest quisquam alias beatus esse, alias miser,

    id. Fin. 2, 27, 87:

    contentius alias, alias summissius,

    id. de Or. 3, 55, 212:

    cum alias bellum inferrent, alias inlatum defenderent,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 29; so id. ib. 5, 57 al.; it occurs four times in successive clauses in Cic. Inv. 1, 52, 99.—Sometimes plerumque, saepe, aliquando, interdum stand in corresponding clauses:

    nec umquam sine usura reddit (terra), quod accepit, sed alias minore, plerumque majore cum foenore,

    Cic. Sen. 15, 51:

    geminatio verborum habet interdum vim, leporem alias,

    id. de Or. 3, 54, 206:

    hoc alias fastidio, alias contumacia, saepius imbecillitate, evenit,

    Plin. 16, 32, 58, § 134; 7, 15, 13, § 63.—Sometimes one alias is omitted:

    illi eruptione tentata alias cuniculis ad aggerem actis, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 21; Plin. 26, 3, 7, § 13.—
    c.
    Alias aliter, alias alius, etc. (cf. alius), at one time in one way... at another in another; now so... now otherwise; now this... now that:

    et alias aliter haec in utramque partem causae solent convenire,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 13, 45:

    alii enim sunt, alias nostrique familiares fere demortui,

    id. Att. 16, 11 (Madv. interprets this of time):

    illi alias aliud iisdem de rebus judicant,

    id. de Or. 2, 7, 30; id. Or. 59, 200:

    (deos) non semper eosdem atque alias alios solemus venerari,

    id. Red. in Sen. 30:

    ut iidem versus alias in aliam rem posse accommodari viderentur,

    id. Div. 2, 54, 111.—
    d.
    Saepe alias or alias saepe... nunc, nuper, quondam, etc.;

    also: cum saepe alias... tum, etc. (very common in Cic.): quod cum saepe alias tum nuper, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 4, 7:

    fecimus et alias saepe et nuper in Tusculano,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 11:

    quibus de rebus et alias saepe... et quondam in Hortensii villa,

    id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:

    quorum pater et saepe alias et maxime censor saluti rei publicae fuit,

    id. de Or. 1, 9, 38:

    cum saepe alias, tum apud centumviros,

    id. Brut. 39, 144:

    cum saepe alias, tum Pyrrhi bello,

    id. Off. 3, 22, 86; 3, 11, 47:

    neque tum solum, sed saepe alias,

    Nep. Hann. 11, 7.—In comparative sentences rare:

    nunc tamen libentius quam saepe alias,

    Symm. Ep. 1, 90.—So,
    e.
    Semper alias, always at other times or in other cases (apparently only post-Aug.): et super cenam autem et semper alias communissimus, multa joco transigebat. Suet. Vesp. 22; id. Tib. 18; Gell. 15, 1.—
    f.
    Raro alias, rarely at other times, on other occasions:

    ut raro alias quisquam tanto favore est auditus,

    Liv. 45, 20; 3, 69; Tac. H. 1, 89.—
    g.
    Non alias, at no other time, never, = numquam (a choice poet. expression, often imitated by [p. 92] the histt.):

    non alias caelo ceciderunt plura sereno Fulgura,

    never at any other time did so much lightning fall from a clear sky, Verg. G. 1, 487:

    non alias militi familiarior dux fuit,

    Liv. 7, 33; 45, 7:

    non alias majore mole concursum,

    Tac. A. 2, 46; 4. 69;

    11, 31: non sane alias exercitatior Britannia fuit,

    id. Agr. 5:

    haud alias intentior populus plus vocis permisit,

    id. A. 3, 11, and 15, 46; Suet. Tit. 8; Flor. 3, 6.—
    2.
    Of place, at another place, elsewhere; or in respect of other things, in other circumstances, otherwise (only post-Aug.; v. Madv. ad Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7):

    Idaeus rubus appellatus est, quoniam in Ida, non alias, nascitur,

    Plin. 24, 14, 75, § 123 (Jan, alius): nusquam alias tam torrens fretum, * Just. 4, 1, 9:

    sicut vir alias doctissimus Cornutus existimat,

    Macr. S. 5, 19.—
    3.
    Alias for alioqui (only post-Aug.), to indicate that something is in a different condition in one instance, not in others, except that, for the rest, otherwise:

    in Silaro non virgulta modo immersa, verum et folia lapidescunt, alias salubri potu ejus aquae,

    Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224; so id. 18, 6, 7, § 37; 19, 8, 48, § 163; 25, 2, 6, § 16 al.—
    4.
    Non alias quam, for no other reason, on no other condition, in no other circumstances than, not other than; and non alias nisi, on no other condition, not otherwise, except (prob. taken from the lang. of common life):

    non alias magis indoluisse Caesarem ferunt quam quod, etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 73:

    debilitatum vulnere jacuisse non alias quam simulatione mortis tutiorem,

    by nothing safer than by feigning death, Curt. 8, 1, 24; 8, 14, 16; Dig. 29, 7, 6, § 2: non alias ( on no other condition) existet heres ex substitutione nisi, etc., ib. 28, 6, 8; 23, 3, 37, 23, 3, 29.—
    5.
    Alias like aliter, in another manner; flrst in the Lat. of the jurists (cf. Suet. Tib. 71 Oud.; Liv. 21, 56, 2 Drak.; Ter. And. 3, 2, 49 Ruhnk.), Dig. 33, 8, 8, § 8; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 219-227. —
    D.
    ălĭtĕr, adv. [alis; v. alius init. ], otherwise, in another manner, allôs.
    1.
    With comparative-clause expressed; constr. both affirm. and neg. without distinction.
    a.
    With atque, ac, quam, and rarely ut, otherwise than, different from what, etc., Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23:

    sed aliter atque ostenderam facio,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 3, 4; Ter. Ad. 4, 3, 6:

    aliter ac nos vellemus,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 23:

    de quo tu aliter sentias atque ego,

    id. Fin. 4, 22, 60; id. Att. 6, 3:

    si aliter nos faciant quam aequum est,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 42:

    si aliter quippiam coacti faciant quam libere,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 29; id. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 24; id. Inv. 2, 22, 66:

    Sed si aliter ut dixi accidisset, qui possem queri?

    id. Rep. 1, 4, 7.—
    b.
    Non (or haud) aliter, not otherwise (per litoten), = just as; with quam si, ac si, quam cum, quam, exactly, just as if:

    Non aliter quam si ruat omnis Karthago,

    Verg. A. 4, 669:

    dividor haud aliter quam si mea membra relinquam,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 3, 73:

    nihil in senatu actum aliter quam si, etc.,

    Liv. 23, 4; 21, 63, 9:

    illi negabant se aliter ituros quam si, etc.,

    id. 3, 51, 12:

    nec aliter quam si mihi tradatur, etc., Quint. prooem. 5: ut non aliter ratio constet quam si uni reddatur,

    Tac. A. 1, 6; 1, 49:

    Non aliter quam si fecisset Juno maritum Insanum,

    Juv. 6, 619; Suet. Aug. 40:

    non aliter quam cum, etc.,

    Ov. F. 2, 209; so id. M. 2, 623; 4, 348; 6, 516 al.:

    nec scripsi aliter ac si, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51; Suet. Oth. 6; Col. 2, 14 (15), 8:

    Non aliter quam qui lembum subigit,

    Verg. G. 1, 201:

    non aliter praeformidat quam qui ferrum medici, priusquam curetur, aspexit,

    Quint. 4, 5, 5; so id. 4, 5, 22; 2, 5, 11:

    neque aliter quam ii, qui traduntur, etc.,

    id. 5, 8, 1:

    patere inde aliquid decrescere, non aliter quam Institor hibernae tegetis,

    Juv. 7, 220:

    successorem non aliter quam indicium mortis accepturum,

    Tac. A. 6, 30.—
    * c.
    Aliter ab aliquo (analog. to alius with the abl., and alienus with ab), differently from any one:

    cultores regionum multo aliter a ceteris agunt,

    Mel. 1, 9, 6.—
    d.
    Non ali ter nisi, by no other means, on no other condition, not otherwise, except:

    qui aliter obsistere fato fatetur se non potuisse, nisi etc.,

    Cic. Fat. 20, 48; id. Fam. 1, 9: non pati C. Caesarem consulem aliter fieri, nisi exercitum et provincias tradiderit, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14; so Lentulus ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 14, 18; Liv. 35, 39; 45, 11; 38; Tac. Or. 32; Just. 12, 14, 7; Suet. Ner. 36; Dig. 37, 9, 6; 48, 18, 9. —
    e.
    Non aliter quam ut, on no other condition than that:

    neque aliter poterit palos, ad quos perducitur, pertingere, quam ut diffluat,

    Col. Arb. 7, 5; so Suet. Tib. 15; 24; id. Galb. 8; Curt. 9, 5, 23.—
    2.
    Without a comparative clause expressed.
    a.
    In gen., otherwise, in another manner, in other respects; and in the poets: haud aliter (per litoten), just so:

    vale atque salve, etsi aliter ut dicam meres,

    though you deserve that I speak differently, Plaut. Capt. 3, 5, 86 Brix:

    tu si aliter existimes, nihil errabis,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 7, 16:

    ut eadem ab utrisque dicantur, aliter dicuntur,

    in a different sense, Plin. Pan. 72, 7:

    Si quis aliter docet,

    Vulg. 1 Tim. 6, 3:

    quae aliter se habent,

    ib. ib. 5, 25:

    Quippe aliter tunc vivebant homines,

    Juv. 6, 11: quod uterque nostrum his etiam ex studiis notus, quibus aliter ignotus est, otherwise, i. e. personally, unknown, Plin. Ep. 9, 23, 3.—With negatives:

    non fuit faciendum aliter,

    Cic. Att. 6, 9; Tac. A. 15, 68:

    Ergo non aliter poterit dormire?

    Juv. 3, 281:

    aliter haud facile eos ad tantum negotium impelli posse,

    Sall. C. 44, 1; Curt. 8, 10, 27:

    haud aliter Rutulo muros et castra tuenti Ignescunt irae (the comparison of the wolf precedes),

    Verg. A. 9, 65:

    haud aliter (i. e. like a wild beast) juvenis medios moriturus in hostes Irruit,

    id. ib. 9, 554 al.; Ov. M. 8, 473; 9, 642:

    non aliter (i. e. than I) Samio dicunt arsisse Bathyllo Anacreonta Teium,

    Hor. Epod. 14, 10:

    neque Mordaces aliter (i. e. than by means of wine) diffugiunt sollicitudines,

    id. C. 1, 18, 4:

    neque exercitum Romanum aliter transmissurum,

    Tac. H. 5, 19:

    nec aliter expiari potest,

    Vulg. Num. 35, 33. —So, fieri aliter non potest or fieri non potest aliter (not fieri non aliter potest): nihil agis;

    Fieri aliter non potest,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 8, 13: assentior;

    fieri non potuit aliter,

    Cic. Att. 6, 6.—
    b.
    Esp.
    (α).
    Pregn., otherwise, in the contrary manner: Pe. Servos Epidicus dixit mihi. Ph. Quid si servo aliter visum est? i. e. if he does not speak the truth? Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 29:

    verum aliter evenire multo intellegit,

    Ter. And. prol. 4 (aliter autem contra significat, Don.):

    amplis cornibus et nigris potius quam aliter,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 20, 1: ne aliter quid eveniat, providere de cet, otherwise than harmoniously, Sall. J. 10, 7:

    dis aliter visum,

    Verg. A. 2, 428:

    sin aliter tibi videtur,

    Vulg. Num. 11, 15: adversi... saevaque circuitu curvantem bracchia longo Scorpion atque aliter ( in the opposite direction) curvantem bracchia Cancrum, Ov. M. 2, 83: aliterque ( and in the opposite course) secante jam pelagus rostro, Luc. 8, 197.—Hence, qui aliter fecerit, who will not do that:

    neu quis de his postea ad senatum referat, neve cum populo agat: qui aliter fecerit, etc.,

    Sall. C. 51, 43; Just. 6, 6, 1; cf. Brisson. de Form. p. 200, and de Verb. Signif. p. 66.—
    (β).
    Aliter esse, to be of a different nature, differently constituted or disposed:

    sed longe aliter est amicus atque amator,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 70: ego hunc esse aliter credidi: iste me fefellit;

    ego isti nihilo sum aliter ac fui,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 44; id. Ad. 3, 4, 46; Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 137.—
    (γ).
    For alioqui (q. v. II. C.), otherwise, else, in any other case:

    jus enim semper est quaesitum aequabile: neque enim aliter esset jus (and just after: nam aliter justitia non esset),

    Cic. Off. 2, 12, 42; 1, 39, 139; id. Lael. 20, 74:

    si suos legatos recipere vellent, quos Athenas miserant, se remitterent, aliter illos numquam in patriam essent recepturi,

    Nep. Them. 7 fin.:

    aliter sine populi jussu nulli earum rerum consuli jus est,

    Sall. C. 29, 3 Kritz:

    aliter non viribus ullis Vincere poteris,

    Verg. A. 6, 147:

    veniam ostentantes, si praesentia sequerentur: aliter nihil spei,

    Tac. H. 4, 59:

    quoniam aliter non possem,

    Vulg. Sap. 8, 21.—
    (δ).
    Like alius (q. v. II. A.) repeated even several times in a distributive manner, in one way... in another: sed aliter leges, aliter philosophi tollunt astutias. Cic. Off. 3, 17, 68; so id. ib. 1, 12, 38; id. Lael. 24, 89; id. Fam. 15, 21, 6:

    aliter utimur propriis, aliter commodatis,

    Tac. Or. 32:

    Aliter catuli longe olent, aliter sues,

    Plaut. Ep. 4, 2, 9:

    aliter Diodoro, aliter Philoni, Chrysippo aliter placet,

    id. Ac. 2, 47, 143:

    idem illud aliter Caesar, aliter Cicero, aliter Cato suadere debebit,

    Quint. 3, 8, 49: Et aliter acutis morbis medendum, aliter vetustis; aliter increscentibus, aliter subsistentibus, aliter jam ad sanitatem inclinatis, Cels. prooem. p. 10.—
    (ε).
    With alius or its derivatives, one in one way, another in another (v. alius, II. B.):

    quoniam aliter ab aliis digeruntur,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 19, 79; id. Att. 7, 8; Liv. 2, 21; so id. 39, 53:

    hoc ex locorum occasione aliter alibi decernitur,

    Plin. 18, 5, 6, § 30; so id. 25, 4, 10, § 29.—
    (ζ).
    Non aliter, analog. to non alius (v. alius, II. H.) with a comp. (only in Plin.):

    non aliter utilius id fieri putare quam, etc.,

    Plin. 37, 2, 10, § 28:

    idque non aliter clarius intellegi potest,

    id. 37, 4, 15, § 59; so id. 22, 22, 36, § 78; 24, 11, 50, § 85; 28, 9, 41, § 148; cf. Hand, Turs. I. pp. 267-276.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > alius

  • 13 BERA

    * * *
    I)
    (ber; bar, bárum; borinn), v.
    I.
    1) to bear, carry, convey (bar B. biskup í börum suðr í Hvamm);
    bera (farm) af skipi, to unload a ship;
    bera (mat) af borði, to take (the meat) off the table;
    bera e-t á hesti, to carry on horseback;
    2) to wear (bera klæði, vápn, kórónu);
    bera œgishjálm, to inspire fear and awe;
    3) to bear, produce, yield (jörðin berr gras; tré bera aldin, epli);
    4) to bear, give birth to, esp. of sheep and cows;
    kýr hafði borit kálf, had calved;
    absol., ván at hón mundi bera, that the cow would calve;
    the pp. is used of men; hann hafði verit blindr borinn, born blind;
    verða borinn í þenna heim, to be born into this world;
    þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, born to;
    borinn e-m, frá e-m (rare), born of;
    Nótt var Nörvi borin, was the daughter of N.;
    borinn Sigmundi, son of S.;
    5) bera e-n afli, ofrafli, ofrliði, ofrmagni, ofríki, to bear one down, overcome, oppress, one by odds or superior force;
    bera e-n ráðum, to overrule one;
    bera e-n bjóri, to make drunk with beer;
    verða bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise;
    borinn verkjum, overcome by pains;
    þess er borin ván, there is no hope, all hope is gone;
    borinn baugum, bribed; cf. bera fé á e-n, to bribe one;
    6) to lear, be capable of bearing (of a ship, horse, vehicle);
    þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, with as much as they could carry;
    fig., to sustain, support (svá mikill mannfjöldi, at landit fekk eigi borit);
    of persons, to bear up against, endure, support (grief, sorrow, etc.);
    absol., bar hann drengiliga, he bore it manfully;
    similarly, bera (harm) af sér, berast vel (illa, lítt) af;
    bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore up bravely;
    hversu berst Auðr af um bróðurdauðann, how does she bear it?
    hon berst af lítt, she is much cast down;
    bera sik vel upp, to bear well up against;
    7) bera e-t á, e-n á hendr e-m, to charge or tax one with (eigi erum vér þess valdir, er þú berr á oss);
    bera (kvið) á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty (í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn);
    bera af e-m (kviðinn), to give a verdict for;
    bera e-t af sér, to deny having done a thing;
    bera or bera vitni, vætti, to bear witness, testify;
    bera or bera um e-t, to give a verdict in a case;
    bera e-n sannan at sök, to prove guilty by evidence;
    bera e-n undan sök, to acquit;
    bera í sundr frændsemi þeirra, to prove (by evidence) that they are not relations;
    refl. (pass.), berast, to be proved by evidence (þótt þér berist þat faðerni, er þú segir);
    8) to set forth, report, tell;
    bera e-m kveðju (orð, orðsending), to bring one a greeting, compliments (word, message);
    bera or bera fram erindi sín fyrir e-n, to state (tell) one’s errand or to plead one’s case before one;
    bera e-m njósn, to apprise one;
    bera e-t upp, to produce, mention, tell;
    bera upp erindi sín, to state one’s errand;
    bera saman ráð sín, to consult together;
    eyddist það ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed;
    9) to keep, hold, bear, of a title (bera jarlnafn, konnungsnafn);
    bera (eigi) giptu, gæfu, hammingju, auðnu til e-s, (not) to have the good fortune to do a thing (bar hann enga gæfu til at þjóna þér);
    bera vit, skyn, kunnáttu á e-t, to have knowledge of, uniderstanding about;
    bera hug, áræði, þor, traust til e-s, to have courage, confidence to do a thing;
    bera áhyggju fyrir e-u, to be concerned about;
    bera ást, elsku, hatr til e-s, to bear affection, love, hatred to;
    10) to bear off or away, carry off (some gain);
    bera sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in;
    hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orustum, he had been victorious in two battles;
    bera hærra (lægra) hlut to get the best (the worst) of it;
    bera efra (hærra) skjöld, to gain the victory;
    bera hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), to be in high (low) spirits;
    bera halann bratt, lágt, to cock up or let fall the tail, to be in high or low spirits;
    11) with preps.:
    bera af e-m, to surpass;
    en þó bar Bolli af, surpassed all the rest;
    bera af sér högg, lag to ward off, parry a blow or thrust;
    bera eld at, to set fire to;
    bera fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one;
    bera á or í, to smear, anoint (bera vatn í augu sér, bera tjöru í höfuð sér);
    bera e-t til, to apply to, to try if it fits (bera til hvern lykil af öðrum at portinu);
    bera e-t um, to wind round;
    þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body;
    bera um með e-n, to bear with, have patience with;
    bera út barn, to expose a child;
    12) refl., berast mikit (lítit) á, to bear oneself proudly (humbly);
    láta af berast, to die;
    láta fyrir berast e-s staðar, to stay, remain in a place (for shelter);
    berast e-t fyrir, to design a thing (barst hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur);
    at njósna um, hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about;
    berast vápn á, to attack one another;
    berast at or til, to happen;
    þat barst at (happened) á einhverju sumri;
    ef svá harðliga kann til at berast, if that misfortune does happen;
    berast í móti, to happen, occur;
    hefir þetta vel í móti borizt, it is a happy coincidence;
    berast við, to be prevented;
    ok nú lét almáttugr guð við berast kirkjubrunann, prevented, stopped the burning of the church;
    II. impers., denoting a sort of passive or involuntary motion;
    alla berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end);
    bar hann (acc.) þá ofan gegnt Ösuri, he happened to come down just opposite to Ö.;
    esp. of ships and sailors; berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eða annarra landa, we drift to Iceland or other countries;
    þá (acc.) bar suðr í haf, they were carried out southwards;
    Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, S. came suddenly upon them;
    ef hann (acc.) skyldi bera þar at, if he should happen to come there;
    e-n berr yfir, one is borne onwards, of a bird flying, a man riding;
    hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, it passed quickly (of a flying meteor);
    2) followed by preps.:
    Gunnar sér, at rauðan kyrtil bar við glugginn, that a red kirtle passed before the window;
    hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, there was nowhere a shadow;
    e-t berr fram (hátt), is prominent;
    Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingu ok bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, stood out conspicuously;
    e-t berr á milli, comes between;
    leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect;
    fig. e-m berr e-t á milli, they are at variance about a thing;
    mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, many things come now before my eyes;
    veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m, game falls to one’s lot;
    e-t berr undan, goes amiss, fails;
    bera saman, to coincide;
    bar nöfn þeirra saman, they had the same name;
    fig., with dat.; bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the stories agreed well together;
    fund várn bar saman, we met;
    3) bera at, til, við, at hendi, til handa, to befall, happen, with dat. of the person;
    svá bar at einn vetr, it happened one winter;
    þó at þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, has befallen us;
    bar honum svá til, it so befell him;
    þat bar við (it so happened), at Högni kom;
    raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by fact;
    4) of time, to fall upon;
    ef þing (acc.) berr á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls in the holy week;
    bera í móti, to coincide, happen exactly at the same time;
    5) denoting cause;
    e-t berr til, causes a thing;
    konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief;
    ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason;
    berr e-m nauðsyn til e-s, one is obliged to do a thing;
    6) e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot;
    hon á arf at taka, þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn;
    e-t berr frá, is surpassing;
    er sagt, at þat (acc.) bæri frá, hvé vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they spoke;
    7) e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden;
    e-t berr stóru, stórum (stœrrum), it amounts to much (more), it matters a great deal (more), it is of great (greater) importance;
    8) absol. or with an adv., vel, illa, with infin.;
    e-m berr (vel, illa) at gera e-t, it becomes, beseems one (well, ill) to do a thing (berr yðr vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli);
    used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, or unbeseeming, improper, unfit (þat þykkir eigi illa bera, at).
    (að), v. to make bare (hon beraði likam sinn).
    * * *
    1.
    u, f.
    I. [björn], a she-bear, Lat. ursa; the primitive root ‘ber’ remains only in this word (cp. berserkr and berfjall), björn (q. v.) being the masc. in use, Landn. 176, Fas. i. 367, Vkv. 9: in many Icel. local names, Beru-fjörðr, -vík, from Polar bears; fem. names, Bera, Hallbera, etc., Landn.
    II. a shield, poët., the proverb, baugr er á beru sæmstr, to a shield fits best a baugr (q. v.), Lex. Poët., Edda (Gl.); hence names of poems Beru-drápa, Eg.
    2.
    bar, báru, borit, pres. berr,—poët. forms with the suffixed negative; 3rd pers. sing. pres. Indic. berrat, Hm. 10; 3rd pers. sing. pret. barat, Vellekla; 1st pers. sing. barkak, Eb. 62 (in a verse); barkat ek, Hs. 8; 2nd pers. sing. bartattu; 3rd pers. pl. bárut, etc., v. Lex. Poët. [Gr. φέρειν; Lat. ferre; Ulf. bairan; A. S. beran; Germ. gebären; Engl. bear; Swed. bära; Dan. bære].
    A. Lat. ferre, portare:
    I. prop. with a sense of motion, to bear, carry, by means of the body, of animals, of vehicles, etc., with acc., Egil tók mjöðdrekku eina mikla, ok bar undir hendi sér, Eg. 237; bar hann heim hrís, Rm. 9; konungr lét bera inn kistur tvær, báru tveir menn hverja, Eg. 310; bera farm af skipi, to unload a ship, Ld. 32; bera (farm) á skip, to load a ship, Nj. 182; tóku alla ösku ok báru á á ( amnem) út, 623, 36; ok bar þat ( carried it) í kerald, 43, K. Þ. K. 92; b. mat á borð, í stofu, to put the meat on table, in the oven; b. mat af borði, to take it off table, Eb. 36, 266, Nj. 75, Fms. ix. 219, etc.
    2. Lat. gestare, ferre, denoting to wear clothes, to carry weapons; skikkja dýr er konungr hafði borit, Eg. 318; b. kórónu, to wear the crown, Fms. x. 16; atgeir, Nj. 119; vápn, 209: metaph., b. ægishjálm, to inspire fear and awe; b. merki, to carry the flag in a battle, Nj. 274, Orkn. 28, 30, 38, Fms. v. 64, vi. 413; bera fram merki, to advance, move in a battle, vi. 406.
    3. b. e-t á hesti (áburðr), to carry on horseback; Auðunn bar mat á hesti, Grett. 107; ok bar hrís á hesti, 76 new Ed.; þeir báru á sjau hestum, 98 new Ed.
    II. without a sense of motion:
    1. to give birth to; [the root of barn, bairn; byrja, incipere; burðr, partus; and burr, filius: cp. Lat. parĕre; also Gr. φέρειν, Lat. ferre, of child-bearing.] In Icel. prose, old as well as mod., ‘ala’ and ‘fæða’ are used of women; but ‘bera,’ of cows and sheep; hence sauðburðr, casting of lambs, kýrburðr; a cow is snembær, siðbær, Jólabær, calves early, late, at Yule time, etc.; var ekki ván at hon ( the cow) mundi b. fyr en um várit, Bs. i. 193, 194; kýr hafði borit kálf, Bjarn. 32; bar hvárrtveggi sauðrinn sinn burð, Stj. 178: the participle borinn is used of men in a great many compds in a general sense, aptrborinn, árborinn, endrborinn, frjálsborinn, goðborinn, höldborinn, hersborinn, konungborinn, óðalborinn, samborinn, sundrborinn, velborinn, úborinn, þrælborinn, etc.; also out of compds, mun ek eigi upp gefa þann sóma, sem ek em til borinn, … entitled to by inheritance, Ld. 102; hann hafði blindr verit borinn, born blind, Nj. 152, Hdl. 34, 42, Vsp. 2: esp. borinn e-m, born of one, Rm. 39, Hdl. 12, 23, 27, Hðm. 2, Gs. 9, Vþm. 25, Stor. 16, Vkv. 15; borinn frá e-m, Hdl. 24: the other tenses are in theol. Prose used of Christ, hans blezaða son er virðist at láta berast hingað í heim af sinni blezaðri móður, Fms. i. 281; otherwise only in poetry, eina dóttur (acc.) berr álfröðull (viz. the sun, regarded as the mother), Vþm. 47; hann Gjálp um bar, hann Greip um bar …, Hdl. 36: borit (sup.), Hkv. 1. 1.
    β. of trees, flowers; b. ávöxt, blóm …, to bear fruit, flower … (freq.); bar aldinviðrinn tvennan blóma, Fms. ix. 265; cp. the phrase, bera sitt barr, v. barr.
    2. denoting to load, with acc. of the person and dat. of the thing:
    α. in prop. sense; hann hafði borit sik mjök vápnum, he had loaded himself with arms, i. e. wore heavy armour, Sturl. iii. 250.
    β. but mostly in a metaph. sense; b. e-n ofrafli, ofrmagni, ofrliði, ofríki, magni, to bear one down, to overcome, oppress one, by odds or superior force, Grág. i. 101, ii. 195, Nj. 80, Hkr. ii. 371, Gþl. 474, Stj. 512, Fms. iii. 175 (in the last passage a dat. pers. badly); b. e-n ráðum, to overrule one, Nj. 198, Ld. 296; b. e-n málum, to bearhim down (wrongfully) in a lawsuit, Nj. 151; b. e-n bjóri, to make drunk, Vkv. 26: medic., borinn verkjum, sótt, Bjarn. 68, Og. 5; bölvi, Gg. 2: borne down, feeling heavy pains; þess er borin ván, no hope, all hope is gone, Ld. 250; borinn sök, charged with a cause, Fms. v. 324, H. E. i. 561; bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise, Fms. iv. 111; b. fé, gull á e-n, to bring one a fee, gold, i. e. to bribe one, Nj. 62; borinn baugum, bribed, Alvm. 5; always in a bad sense, cp. the law phrase, b. fé í dóm, to bribe a court, Grág., Nj. 240.
    3. to bear, support, sustain, Lat. sustinere, lolerare, ferre:
    α. properly, of a ship, horse, vehicle, to bear, be capable of bearing; þeir hlóðu bæði skipin sem borð báru, all that they could carry, Eb. 302;—a ship ‘berr’ ( carries) such and such a weight; but ‘tekr’ ( takes) denotes a measure of fluids.
    β. metaph. to sustain, support; dreif þannig svá mikill mannfjöldi at landit fékk eigi borit, Hkr. i. 56; but metaph. to bear up against, endure, support grief, sorrow, etc., sýndist öllum at Guð hefði nær ætlað hvat hann mundi b. mega, Bs. i. 139; biðr hann friðar ok þykist ekki mega b. reiði hans, Fms. iii. 80: the phrase, b. harm sinn í hljóði, to suffer silently; b. svívirðing, x. 333: absol., þótti honum mikit víg Kjartans, en þó bar hann drengilega, he bore it manfully, Ld. 226; er þat úvizka, at b. eigi slíkt, not to bear or put up with, Glúm. 327; b. harm, to grieve, Fms. xi. 425: in the phrases, b. sik, b. af sér, berask, berask vel (illa, lítt), to bear oneself, to bear up against misfortune; Guðrúnu þótti mikit fráfall Þorkels, en þó bar hon sköruliga af sér, she bore her bravely up, Ld. 326–328; lézt hafa spurt at ekkjan bæri vel af sér harmana, Eb. 88; berask af; hversu bersk Auðr af um bróðurdauðann? (how does she bear it?); hón bersk af lítt ( she is much borne down) ok þykir mikit, Gísl. 24; niun oss vandara gört en öðrum at vér berim oss vel (Lat. fortiter ferre), Nj. 197; engi maðr hefði þar jamvel borit sik, none bad borne himself so boldly, Sturl. iii. 132; b. sik vel upp, to bear well up against, bear a stout heart, Hrafn. 17; b. sik beiskliga ( sorely), Stj. 143; b. sik lítt, to be downcast, Fms. ii. 61; b. sik at göra e-t, to do one’s best, try a thing.
    III. in law terms or modes of procedure:
    1. bera járn, the ordeal of bearing hot iron in the hand, cp. járnburðr, skírsla. This custom was introduced into Scandinavia together with Christianity from Germany and England, and superseded the old heathen ordeals ‘hólmganga,’ and ‘ganga undir jarðarmen,’ v. this word. In Norway, during the civil wars, it was esp. used in proof of paternity of the various pretenders to the crown, Fms. vii. 164, 200, ix. Hák. S. ch. 14, 41–45, viii. (Sverr. S.) ch. 150, xi. (Jómsv. S.) ch. 11, Grett. ch. 41, cp. N. G. L. i. 145, 389. Trial by ordeal was abolished in Norway A. D. 1247. In Icel. It was very rarely mentioned, vide however Lv. ch. 23 (paternity), twice or thrice in the Sturl. i. 56, 65, 147, and Grág. i. 341, 361; it seems to have been very seldom used there, (the passage in Grett. S. l. c. refers to Norway.)
    2. bera út (hence útburðr, q. v.), to expose children; on this heathen custom, vide Grimm R. A. In heathen Icel., as in other parts of heathen Scandinavia, it was a lawful act, but seldom exercised; the chief passages on record are, Gunnl. S. ch. 3 (ok þat var þá siðvandi nokkurr, er land var allt alheiðit, at þeir menn er félitlir vórn, en stóð ómegð mjök til handa létu út bera börn sín, ok þótti þó illa gört ávalt), Fs. Vd. ch. 37, Harð. S. ch. 8, Rd. ch. 7, Landn. v. ch. 6, Finnb. ch. 2, Þorst. Uxaf. ch. 4, Hervar. S. ch. 4, Fas. i. 547 (a romance); cp. Jómsv. S. ch. 1. On the introduction of Christianity into Icel. A. D. 1000, it was resolved that, in regard to eating of horse-flesh and exposure of children, the old laws should remain in force, Íb. ch. 9; as Grimm remarks, the exposure must take place immediately after birth, before the child had tasted food of any kind whatever, and before it was besprinkled with water (ausa vatni) or shown to the father, who had to fix its name; exposure, after any of these acts, was murder, cp. the story of Liafburga told by Grimm R. A.); v. Also a Latin essay at the end of the Gunnl. S. (Ed. 1775). The Christian Jus Eccl. put an end to this heathen barbarism by stating at its very beginning, ala skal barn hvert er borit verðr, i. e. all children, if not of monstrous shape, shall be brought up, N. G. L. i. 339, 363.
    β. b. út (now more usual, hefja út, Am. 100), to carry out for burial; vera erfðr ok tit borinn, Odd. 20; var hann heygðr, ok út borinn at fornum sið, Fb. i. 123; b. á bál, to place (the body and treasures) upon the pile, the mode of burying in the old heathen time, Fas. i. 487 (in a verse); var hon borin á bálit ok slegit í eldi, Edda 38.
    B. Various and metaph. cases.
    I. denoting motion:
    1. ‘bera’ is in the Grág. the standing law term for delivery of a verdict by a jury (búar), either ‘bera’ absol. or adding kvið ( verdict); bera á e-n, or b. kvið á e-n, to give a verdict against, declare guilty; bera af e-m, or b. af e-m kviðinn, to give a verdict for; or generally, bera, or b. um e-t, to give a verdict in a case; bera, or b. vitni, vætti, also simply means to testify, to witness, Nj. 111, cp. kviðburðr ( delivering of verdict), vitnisburðr ( bearing witness), Grág. ii. 28; eigi eigu búar ( jurors) enn at b. um þat hvat lög eru á landi hér, the jurors have not to give verdict in (to decide) what is law in the country, cp. the Engl. maxim, that jurors have only to decide the question of evidence, not of law, Grág. (Kb.) ch. 85; eigi eru búar skildir at b. um hvatvetna; um engi mál eigu þeir at skilja, þau er erlendis ( abroad) hafa görzt, id.; the form in delivering the verdict—höfum vér ( the jurors), orðit á eitt sáttir, berum á kviðburðinn, berum hann sannan at sökinni, Nj. 238, Grág. i. 49, 22, 138, etc.; í annat sinn báru þeir á Flosa kviðinn, id.; b. annattveggja af eðr á; b. undan, to discharge, Nj. 135; b. kvið í hag ( for), Grág. i. 55; b. lýsingar vætti, Nj. 87; b. vitni ok vætti, 28, 43, 44; b. ljúgvitni, to bear false witness, Grág. i. 28; b. orð, to bear witness to a speech, 43; bera frændsemi sundr, to prove that they are not relations, N. G. L. i. 147: reflex., berask ór vætti, to prove that oneself is wrongly summoned to bear witness or to give a verdict, 44: berask in a pass. sense, to be proved by evidence, ef vanefni b. þess manns er á hönd var lýst, Grág. i. 257; nema jafnmæli berisk, 229; þótt þér berisk þat faðerni er þú segir, Fms. vii. 164; hann kvaðst ætla, at honum mundi berask, that he would be able to get evidence for, Fs. 46.
    β. gener. and not as a law term; b. á, b. á hendr, to charge; b. e-n undan, to discharge, Fs. 95; eigi erum vér þessa valdir er þú berr á oss, Nj. 238, Ld. 206, Fms. iv. 380, xi. 251, Th. 78; b. e-m á brýnn, to throw in one’s face, to accuse, Greg. 51; b. af sér, to deny; eigi mun ek af mér b., at… ( non diffitebor), Nj. 271; b. e-m gott vitni, to give one a good…, 11; b. e-m vel (illa) söguna, to bear favourable (unfavourable) witness of one, 271.
    2. to bear by word of mouth, report, tell, Lat. referre; either absol. or adding kveðju, orð, orðsending, eyrindi, boð, sögu, njósn, frétt…, or by adding a prep., b. fram, frá, upp, fyrir; b. kveðju, to bring a greeting, compliment, Eg. 127; b. erindi (sín) fyrir e-n, to plead one’s case before one, or to tell one’s errand, 472, 473; b. njósn, to apprise, Nj. 131; b. fram, to deliver (a speech), talaði jungherra Magnús hit fyrsta erindi (M. made his first speech in public), ok fanst mönnum mikit um hversu úbernsliga fram var borit, Fms. x. 53; (in mod. usage, b. fram denotes gramm. to pronounce, hence ‘framburðr,’ pronunciation); mun ek þat nú fram b., I shall now tell, produce it, Ld. 256, Eg. 37; b. frá, to attest, relate with emphasis; má þat frá b., Dropl. 21; b. upp, to produce, mention, tell, þótt slík lygi sé upp borin fyrir hann, though such a lie be told him, Eg. 59; þær (viz. charges) urðu engar upp bornar ( produced) við Rút, Nj. 11; berr Sigtryggr þegar upp erindi sín (cp. Germ. ojfenbaren), 271, Ld. 256; b. upp gátu, to give (propound) a riddle, Stj. 411, Fas. i. 464; b. fyrir, to plead as an excuse; b. saman ráð sín, or the like, to consult, Nj. 91; eyddist þat ráð, er þeir báru saman, which they had designed, Post. 656 A. ii; b. til skripta, to confess (eccl.), of auricular confession, Hom. 124, 655 xx.
    II. in a metaphorical or circumlocutory sense, and without any sense of motion, to keep, hold, bear, of a title; b. nafn, to bear a name, esp. as honour or distinction; tignar nafn, haulds nafn, jarls nafn, lends manns nafn, konungs nafn, bónda nafn, Fms. i. 17, vi. 278, xi. 44, Gþl. 106: in a more metaph. sense, denoting endowments, luck, disposition, or the like, b. (ekki) gæfu, hamingju, auðnu til e-s, to enjoy (enjoy not) good or bad luck, etc.; at Þórólfr mundi eigi allsendis gæfu til b. um vináttu við Harald, Eg. 75, 112, 473, Fms. iv. 164, i. 218; úhamingju, 219; b. vit, skyn, kunnáttu á (yfir) e-t, to bring wit, knowledge, etc., to bear upon a thing, xi. 438, Band. 7; hence vel (illa) viti borinn, well (ill) endowed with wit, Eg. 51; vel hyggjandi borinn, well endowed with reason, Grág. ii; b. hug, traust, áræði, þor, til e-s, to have courage, confidenceto do a thing, Gullþ. 47, Fms. ix. 220, Band. 7; b. áhyggju, önn fyrir, to care, be concerned about, Fms. x. 318; b. ást, elsku til e-s, to bear affection, love to one; b. hatr, to hate: b. svört augu, to have dark eyes, poët., Korm. (in a verse); b. snart hjarta, Hom. 5; vant er þat af sjá hvar hvergi berr hjarta sitt, where he keeps his heart, Orkn. 474; b. gott hjarta, to bear a proud heart, Lex. Poët., etc. etc.; b. skyndi at um e-t, to make speed with a thing, Lat. festinare, Fms. viii. 57.
    2. with some sense of motion, to bear off or away, carry off, gain, in such phrases as, b. sigr af e-m, af e-u, to carry off the victory from or in …; hann hafði borit sigr af tveim orrustum, er frægstar hafa verit, he had borne off the victory in two battles, Fms. xi. 186; bera banaorð af e-m, to slay one in a fight, to be the victor; Þorr berr banaorð af Miðgarðsormi, Edda 42, Fms. x. 400: it seems properly to mean, to bear off the fame of having killed a man; verðat svá rík sköp, at Regin skyli mitt banorð bera, Fm. 39; b. hærra, lægra hlut, ‘to bear off the higher or the lower lot,’ i. e. to get the best or the worst of it, or the metaphor is taken from a sortilege, Fms. ii. 268, i. 59, vi. 412; b. efra, hærra skjöld, to carry the highest shield, to get the victory, x. 394, Lex. Poët.; b. hátt (lágt) höfuðit, to bear the head high (low), i. e. to be in high or low spirits, Nj. 91; but also, b. halann bratt (lágt), to cock up or let fall the tail (metaph. from cattle), to be in an exultant or low mood: sundry phrases, as, b. bein, to rest the bones, be buried; far þú til Íslands, þar mun þér auðið verða beinin at b., Grett. 91 A; en þó hygg ek at þú munir hér b. beinin í Norðrálfunni, Orkn. 142; b. fyrir borð, to throw overboard, metaph. to oppress; verðr Þórhalli nú fyrir borð borinn, Th. was defied, set at naught, Fær. 234; b. brjóst fyrir e-m, to be the breast-shield, protection of one, Fms. vii. 263: also, b. hönd fyrir höfuð sér, metaph. to put one’s hand before one’s head, i. e. to defend oneself; b. ægishjálm yfir e-m, to keep one in awe and submission, Fm. 16, vide A. I. 2.
    III. connected with prepp., b. af, and (rarely) yfir (cp. afburðr, yfirburðr), to excel, surpass; eigi sá hvárttveggja féit er af öðrum berr, who gets the best of it, Nj. 15; en þó bar Bolli af, B. surpassed all the rest, Ld. 330; þat mannval bar eigi minnr af öðrum mönnum um fríðleik, afi ok fræknleik, en Ormrinn Langi af öðrum skipum, Fms. ii. 252; at hinn útlendi skal yfir b. ( outdo) þann sem Enskir kalla meistara, xi. 431: b. til, to apply, try if it fits; en er þeir báru til (viz. shoes to the hoof of a horse), þá var sem hæfði hestinum, ix. 55; bera til hvern lykil at öðrum at portinu, Thom. 141; b. e-t við, to try it on (hence viðburðr, experiment, effort): b. um, to wind round, as a cable round a pole or the like, Nj. 115; þá bar hann þá festi um sik, made it fast round his body, Fms. ix. 219; ‘b. e-t undir e-n’ is to consult one, ellipt., b. undir dóm e-s; ‘b. e-t fyrir’ is to feign, use as excuse: b. á, í, to smear, anoint; b. vatn í augu sér, Rb. 354; b. tjöru í höfuð sér, Nj. 181, Hom. 70, 73, cp. áburðr; b. gull, silfr, á, to ornament with gold or silver, Ld. 114, Finnb. 258: is now also used = to dung, b. á völl; b. vápn á e-n, to attack one with sharp weapons, Eg. 583, Fms. xi. 334: b. eld at, to set fire to, Nj. 122; b. fjötur (bönd) at e-m, to put fetters (bonds) on one, Fms. x. 172, Hm. 150: metaph. reflex., bönd berask at e-m, a law term, the evidence bears against one; b. af sér, to parry off; Gyrðr berr af sér lagit, G. parries the thrust off, Fms. x. 421; cp. A. II. 3. β.
    IV. reflex., berask mikit á (cp. áburðr), to bear oneself proudly, or b. lítið á, to bear oneself humbly; hann var hinn kátasti ok barst á mikit, Fms. ii. 68, viii. 219, Eb. 258; b. lítið á, Clem. 35; láta af berask, to die; Óttarr vill skipa til um fjárfar sitt áðr hann láti af b., Fms. ii. 12: berask fyrir, to abide in a place as an asylum, seek shelter; hér munu vit láta fyrir b., Fas. iii. 471; berask e-t fyrir, to design a thing, be busy about, barsk hann þat fyrir at sjá aldregi konur, Greg. 53; at njósna um hvat hann bærist fyrir, to inquire into what he was about, Fms. iv. 184, Vígl. 19.
    β. recipr. in the phrase, berask banaspjót eptir, to seek for one another’s life, Glúm. 354: b. vápn á, of a mutual attack with sharp weapons, Fms. viii. 53.
    γ. pass., sár berask á e-n, of one in the heat of battle beginning to get wounds and give way, Nj.:—berask við, to be prevented, not to do; ok nú lét Almáttugr Guð við berast kirkjubrunnann, stopped, prevented the burning of the church, Fms. v. 144; en mér þætti gott ef við bærist, svá at hón kæmi eigi til þín, vi. 210, vii. 219; ok var þá búit at hann mundi þegar láta hamarinn skjanna honum, en hann lét þat við berask, he bethought himself and did not, Edda 35; því at mönnum þótti sem þannig mundi helzt úhæfa við berask, that mischief would thus be best prevented, Sturl. ii. 6, iii. 80.
    C. IMPERS.:—with a sort of passive sense, both in a loc. and temp. sense, and gener. denotes an involuntary, passive motion, happening suddenly or by chance:
    I. with acc. it bears or carries one to a place, i. e. one happens to come; the proverb, alla (acc.) berr at sama brunni, all come to the same well (end), Lat. omnes una manet nox; bar hann þá ofan gegnt Özuri, he happened to come in his course just opposite to Ö., Lat. delatus est, Dropl. 25: esp. of ships or sailors; nú berr svá til ( happens) herra, at vér komum eigi fram ferðinni, berr oss (acc.) til Íslands eðr annara landa, it bore us to I., i. e. if we drive or drift thither, Fms. iv. 176; þá (acc. pl.) bar suðr í haf, they drifted southwards, Nj. 124.
    β. as a cricketing term, in the phrase, berr (bar) út knöttinn, the ball rolls out, Gísl. 26, cp. p. 110 where it is transit.; berr Gísli ok út knöttinn, vide Vígl. ch. 11, Grett. ch. 17, Vd. ch. 37, Hallfr. S. ch. 2.
    γ. Skarpheðin (acc.) bar nú at þeim, Sk. came suddenly upon them, Nj. 144; bar at Hróaldi þegar allan skjöldinn, the shield was dashed against H.’s body, 198; ok skyldu sæta honum, ef hann (acc.) bæri þar at, if he should per chance come, shew himself there, Orkn. 406; e-n berr yfir, it bears one, i. e. one is borne onwards, as a bird flying, a man riding; þóttist vita, at hann (acc.) mundi fljótara yfir bera ef hann riði en gengi, that he would get on more fleetly riding than walking, Hrafn. 7; hann (acc.) bar skjótt yfir, he passed quickly, of a flying meteor, Nj. 194; e-n berr undan, escapes.
    2. also with acc. followed by prepp. við, saman, jafnframt, hjá, of bodies coinciding or covering one another: loc., er jafnframt ber jaðrana tungls ok sólar, if the orb of the moon and sun cover each other, Rb. 34; þat kann vera stundum, at tunglit (acc.) berr jafht á millum vár ok sólar (i. e. in a moon eclipse), 108; ber nokkut jaðar (acc.) þess hjá sólar jaðri, 34; Gunnarr sér at rauðan kyrtil (acc.) bar við glugginn, G. sees that a red kirtle passed before the window, Nj. 114; bar fyrir utan þat skip vápnaburð (acc.) heiðingja (gen. pl.), the missiles of the heathens passed over the ship without hurting them, flew too high, Fms. vii. 232; hvergi bar skugga (acc.) á, nowhere a shadow, all bright, Nj. 118; þangat sem helzt mátti nokkut yfir þá skugga bera af skóginum, where they were shadowed (hidden) by the trees, Fms. x. 239; e-t berr fram (hátt), a body is prominent, Lat. eminet; Ólafr konungr stóð í lyptingunni, bar hann (acc.) hátt mjök, king O. stood out conspicuously, ii. 308; b. yfir, þótti mjök bera hljóð (acc.) þar yfir er Ólafr sat, the sound was heard over there where O. sat, Sturl. i. 21; b. á milli, something comes between; leiti (acc.) bar á milli, a hill hid the prospect, Nj. 263: metaph., e-m berr e-t á milli, they come to dissent, 13, v. 1.; b. fyrir augu (hence fyrirburðr, vision), of a vision or the like; mart (acc.) berr nú fyrir augu mér, ek sé …, many things come now before my eyes, 104; hann mundi allt þat er fyrir hann hafði borit, i. e. all the dream, 195; eina nótt berr fyrir hann í svefni mikla sýn, Fms. i. 137, Rd. 290; veiði (acc.) berr í hendr e-m (a metaphor from hunting), sport falls to one’s lot; hér bæri veiði í hendr nú, here would be a game, Nj. 252; e-t berr undan (a metaphor from fishing, hunting term), when one misses one’s opportunity; vel væri þá … at þá veiði (acc.) bæri eigi undan, that this game should not go amiss, 69; en ef þetta (acc.) berr undan, if this breaks down, 63; hon bað hann þá drepa einhvern manna hans, heldr en allt (acc.) bæri undan, rather than that all should go amiss, Eg. 258: absol., þyki mér illa, ef undan berr, if I miss it, Nj. 155; viljum vér ekki at undan beri at…, we will by no means miss it…, Fms. viii. 309, v. 1. The passage Bs. i. 416 (en fjárhlutr sá er átt hafði Ari, bar undan Guðmundi) is hardly correct, fjárhlut þann would run better, cp. bera undir, as a law term, below.
    II. adding prepp.; b. við, at, til, at hendi, at móti, til handa …, to befall, happen, Lat. accidere, occurrere, with dat. of the person, (v. atburðr, viðburðr, tilburðr); engi hlut skyldi þann at b., no such thing should happen as…, Fms. xi. 76; svá bar at einn vetr, it befell, x. 201; þat hefir nú víst at hendi borit, er…, Nj. 174; þó þetta vandræði (acc.) hafi nú borit oss (dat.) at hendi, Eg. 7; b. til handa, id., Sks. 327; bar honum svá til, so it befell him, Fms. xi. 425; at honum bæri engan váðaligan hlut til á veginum, that nothing dangerous should befall him on the way, Stj. 212; bæri þat þá svá við, at hann ryfi, it then perchance might happen, that …, 102; þat bar við at Högni kom, 169, 172, 82; raun (acc.) berr á, it is proved by the fact, event, Fms. ix. 474, x. 185.
    2. temp., e-t berr á, it happens to fall on …; ef þing (acc.) ber á hina helgu viku, if the parliament falls on the holy week (Whitsun), Grág. i. 106; ef Crucis messu (acc.) berr á Drottins dag, Rb. 44; berr hana (viz. Petrs messu, June 29) aldrei svá optarr á öldinni, 78; þat er nú berr oss næst, what has occurred of late, Sturl. iii. 182: b. í móti, to happen exactly at a time; þetta (acc.) bar í móti at þenna sama dag andaðist Brandr biskup, Bs. i. 468; b. saman, id.; bar þat saman, at pá var Gunnarr at segja brennusöguna, just when G. was about telling the story, Nj. 269.
    3. metaph. of agreement or separation; en þat (acc.) þykir mjök saman b. ok þessi frásögn, Fms. x. 276: with dat., bar öllum sögum vel saman, all the records agreed well together, Nj. 100, v. l.; berr nú enn í sundr með þeim, Bjarna ok Þorkatli at sinni, B. and Th. missed each other, Vápn. 25.
    4. denoting cause; e-t (acc.) berr til …, causes a thing; ætluðu þat þá allir, at þat mundi til bera, that that was the reason, Nj. 75; at þat beri til skilnaðar okkars, that this will make us to part (divorce), 261; konungr spurði, hvat til bæri úgleði hans, what was the cause of his grief? Fms. vi. 355; þat berr til tunglhlaups, Rb. 32.
    β. meiri ván at brátt beri þat (acc.) til bóta, at herviliga steypi hans ríki, i. e. there will soon come help (revenge), Fms. x. 264; fjórir eru þeir hlutir er menn (acc.) berr í ætt á landi hér, there are four cases under which people may be adopted, Grág. i. 361.
    γ. e-t berr undir e-n, falls to a person’s lot; hon á arf at taka þegar er undir hana berr, in her turn, 179; mikla erfð (acc.) bar undir hana, Mar. (Fr.); berr yfir, of surpassing, Bs. ii. 121, 158; b. frá, id. (fráburðr); herðimikill svá at þat (acc.) bar frá því sem aðrir menn, Eg. 305; er sagt, at þat bæri frá hve vel þeir mæltu, it was extraordinary how well they did speak, Jb. 11; bar þat mest frá hversu illa hann var limaðr, but above all, how…, Ó. H. 74.
    5. with adverbial nouns in a dat. form; e-t berr bráðum, happens of a sudden; berr þetta (acc.) nú allbráðum, Fms. xi. 139; cp. vera bráðum borinn, to be taken by surprise (above); berr stórum, stærrum, it matters a great deal; ætla ek stærrum b. hin lagabrotin (acc.), they are much more important, matter more, vii. 305; var þat góðr kostr, svá at stórum bar, xi. 50; hefir oss orðit svá mikil vanhyggja, at stóru berr, an enormous blunder, Gísl. 51; svá langa leið, at stóru bar, Fas. i. 116; þat berr stórum, hversu mér þóknast vel þeirra athæfi, it amounts to a great deal, my liking their service, i. e. I do greatly like, Fms. ii. 37; eigi berr þat allsmám hversu vel mér líkar, in no small degree do I like, x. 296.
    β. with dat., it is fitting, becoming; svá mikit sem landeiganda (dat.) berr til at hafa eptir lögum, what he is legally entitled to, Dipl. iii. 10; berr til handa, it falls to one’s lot, v. above, Grág. i. 93.
    III. answering to Lat. oportet, absolutely or with an adverb, vel, illa, with infinit.; e-m berr, it beseems, becomes one; berr þat ekki né stendr þvílíkum höfuðfeðr, at falsa, Stj. 132; berr yðr (dat.) vel, herra, at sjá sannindi á þessu máli, Fms. ix. 326; sagði, at þat bar eigi Kristnum mönnum, at særa Guð, x. 22; þá siðu at mér beri vel, Sks. 353 B: used absol., berr vel, illa, it is beseeming, proper, fit, unbeseeming, unfit, improper; athæfi þat er vel beri fyrir konungs augliti, 282; þat þykir ok eigi illa bera, at maðr hafi svart skinn til hosna, i. e. it suits pretty well, 301: in case of a pers. pron. in acc. or dat. being added, the sentence becomes personal in order to avoid doubling the impers. sentence, e. g. e-m berr skylda (not skyldu) til, one is bound by duty; veit ek eigi hver skylda (nom.) yðr (acc.) ber til þess at láta jarl einn ráða, Fms. i. 52: also leaving the dat. out, skylda berr til at vera forsjámaðr með honum, vii. 280; eigi berr hér til úviska mín, it is not that I am not knowing, Nj. 135.
    IV. when the reflex. inflexion is added to the verb, the noun loses its impers. character and is turned from acc. into nom., e. g. þar (þat?) mun hugrinn minn mest hafa fyrir borizt, this is what I suspected, fancied, Lv. 34; cp. hugarburðr, fancy, and e-t berr fyrir e-n (above, C. I. 2); hefir þetta (nom.) vel í móti borizt, a happy coincidence, Nj. 104; ef svá harðliga kann til at berask, if the misfortunes do happen, Gþl. 55; barsk sú úhamingja (nom.) til á Íslandi, that mischief happened (no doubt the passage is thus to be emended), Bs. i. 78, but bar þá úhamingju …; þat (nom.) barsk at, happened, Fms. x. 253; fundir várir (nom.) hafa at borizt nokkurum sinnum, vii. 256; þat barsk at á einhverju sumri, Eg. 154; bærist at um síðir at allr þingheimrinn berðist, 765, cp. berast við, berask fyrir above (B. V.): berast, absol., means to be shaken, knocked about; var þess ván, at fylkingar mundu berast í hergöngunni, that they would be brought into some confusion, Fms. v. 74; Hrólfr gékk at ramliga, ok barst Atli (was shaken, gave away) fyrir orku sakir, þar til er hann féll. Fas. iii. 253; barst Jökull allr fyrir orku sakir (of two wrestling), Ísl. ii. 467, Fms. iii. 189: vide B. IV.
    D. In mod. usage the strong bera—bar is also used in impersonal phrases, denoting to let a thing be seen, shew, but almost always with a negative preceding, e. g. ekki bar (ber) á því, it could ( can) not be seen; að á engu bæri, láta ekki á bera ( to keep tight), etc. All these phrases are no doubt alterations from the weak verb bera, að, nudare, and never occur in old writers; we have not met with any instance previous to the Reformation; the use is certainly of late date, and affords a rare instance of weak verbs turning into strong; the reverse is more freq. the case.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BERA

  • 14 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 15 BREGÐA

    (bregð; brá, brugðum; brugðinn), v. with dat.
    bregða sverði, knífi, to draw a sword, knife;
    bregða fingri, hendi í e-t, to put (thrust) the finger, hand, into;
    hón brá hárinu undir belti sér, she put (fastened) her hair under her belt;
    bregða kaðli um e-t, to pass a rope round a thing;
    bregða augum sundr, to open the eyes;
    bregða e-m á eintal, to take one apart;
    bregða sér sjúkum, to feign illness;
    2) to deviate from, disregard (vér höfum brugðit af ráðum þínum);
    3) to alter, change;
    bregða lit, litum, to change colour, to turn pale;
    bregða e-m í e-s líki, to turn one (by spell) into another shape (þú brátt þér í merar líki);
    4) to break up, leave off, give up;
    bregða tjöldum, to strike the tents;
    bregða boði, to countermand a feast;
    bregða sýslu, to leave off working;
    bregða svefni, blundi, to awake;
    bregða tali, to break off talking;
    bregða orrustu, kaupi, to break off a battle, bargain;
    5) to break (bregða trúnaði, heiti, sáttmáli);
    6) bregða e-m e-u, to upbraid, reproach one with a thing (Kálfr brá mér því í dag);
    7) with prepp.,
    bregða e-m á loft, to lift one aloft;
    bregða e-u á, to give out, pretend (hann brá á því, at hann mundi ríða vestr til Miðfjarðar);
    absol., bregða á e-t, to begin (suddenly) doing a thing;
    Kimbi brá á gaman, took it playfully, laughed at it;
    þeir brugðu á glímu ok á glens, they started wrestling and playing;
    hestrinn brá á leik, broke into play, ran away;
    hönd bregðr á venju, is ready for its old work;
    þá brá Ingimundr til útanferðar, I. started to go abroad;
    bregða e-u undan, to put it out of the way, to hide it;
    bregða upp hendi, höndum, to hold up the hand;
    bregða e-u við, to ward off with (bregða við skildi); fig. to put forth as an example, to praise, wonder at (þínum drengskap skal ek við bregða);
    absol., bregða við, to start off, set about a thing without delay;
    brá hann við skjótt ok fór, he started off at once and went;
    8) refl., bregðast;
    9) impers., e-u bregðr, it ceases, fails;
    veðráttu brá eigi, there was no change in the weather;
    of a sudden appearance, kláða brá á hvarmana, the eye-lids began to itch;
    þá brá ljóma af Logafjöllum, then from L. there burst flashes of light;
    ljósi bregðr fyrir, a light passes before the eye;
    with preps., bregðr af vexti hans frá öðrum selum, his shape differs from that of other seals;
    e-m bregðr í brún, one is amazed, startled (nú bregðr mönnum í brún mjök);
    e-m bregðr til e-s, one person takes after, resembles another;
    en því bregðr mér til foreldris míns, in that I am like my father;
    þat er mælt, at fjórðungi bregði til fóstrs, the fostering makes the fourth part of a man;
    e-m bregðr við e-t = e-m bregðr í brún;
    brá þeim mjök við, er þeir sá hann inn ganga, it startled them much when they saw him come in;
    en þó brá fóstru Melkorku mest við þessi tíðindi, this news most affected M.’s nurse.
    * * *
    pret. sing. brá, 2nd pers. brátt, later brást; pl. brugðu, sup. brugðit; pres. bregð; pret. subj. brygði: reflex, (sk, z, st), pret. brásk, bráz, or brást, pl. brugðusk, etc.: poët. with the neg. suff. brá-at, brásk-at, Orkn. 78, Fms. vi. 51.
    A. ACT. WITH DAT.
    I. [A. S. bregdan, brædan; Old Engl. and Scot. to brade or braid; cp. bragð throughout]:—to move swiftly:
    1. of a weapon, to draw, brandish; b. sverði, to draw the sword, Gísl. 55, Nj. 28, Ld. 222, Korm. 82 sqq., Fms. i. 44, ii. 306, vi. 313, Eg. 306, 505; sverð brugðit, a drawn sword, 746; cp. the alliterative phrase in Old Engl. Ballads, ‘the bright browne (= brugðinn) sword:’ absol., bregð (imperat.), Korm. l. c.: b. knífi, to slash with a knife, Am. 59; b. flötu sverði, to turn it round in the band, Fms. vii. 157; saxi, Bs. i. 629: even of a thrust, b. spjóti, Glúm. 344.
    2. of the limbs or parts of the body, to move quickly; b. hendi, fingri, K. Þ. K. 10, Fms. vi. 122; b. augum sundr, to open the eyes, iii. 57, cp. ‘he bradde open his eyen two,’ Engl. Ballads; b. fótum, Nj. 253; b. fæti, in wrestling; b. grönum, to draw up the lips, 199, Fms. v. 220.
    3. of other objects; b. skipi, to turn the ship (rare), Fms. viii. 145, Eb. 324; b. e-m á eintal, einmæli, to take one apart, Fms. vi. 11, Ölk. 35; b. sér sjúkum, to feign sickness, Fagrsk. ch. 51; bregða sér in mod. usage means to make a short visit, go or come for a moment; eg brá mér snöggvast til …, etc.
    4. adding prepp.; b. upp; b. upp hendi, höndum, to hold up the hand, Fms. i. 167; b. upp glófa, 206, Eb. 326: b. e-m á lopt, to lift aloft, Eg. 122, Nj. 108; b. e-u undan, to put a thing out of the way, to hide it, Fas. i. 6; undir, Sturl. ii. 221, Ld. 222, Eb. 230: b. e-u við (b. við skildi), to ward off with …, Vápn. 5; but chiefly metaph. to put forth as an example, to laud, wonder at, etc.; þínum drengskap skal ek við b., Nj. 18; þessum mun ek við b. Áslaugar órunum, Fas. i. 257; nú mun ek því við b. ( I will speak loud), at ek hefi eigi fyr náð við þik at tala, Lv. 53: b. e-u á, to give out, pretend; hann brá á því at hann mundi ríða vestr til Miðfjarðar, Sturl. iii. 197, Fms. viii. 59, x. 322. β. to deviate from, disregard; vér höfum brugðit af ráðum þínum, Fær. 50, Nj. 13, 109, Ísl. ii. 198, Grág. i. 359; b. af marki, to alter the mark, 397.
    5. to turn, alter, change; b. lit, litum, to change colour, to turn pale, etc., Fms. ii. 7, Vígl. 24; b. sér við e-t, to alter one’s mien, shew signs of pain, emotion, or the like, Nj. 116; b. e-m í (or b. á sik) e-s líki, to turn one (by spell) into another shape, Bret. 13; at þú brátt þér í merar líki, Ölk. 37; hann brá á sik ýmissa dýra líki, Edda (pref.) 149.
    II. to break up or off, leave off, give up; b. búi, to give up one’s household, Grág. i. 153, Eg. 116, 704; b. tjöldum, to break up, strike the tents, Fms. iv. 302; b. samvist, to part, leave off living together, ii. 295; b. ráðahag, to break off an engagement, esp. wedding, 11; b. boði, to countermand a feast, 194; b. kaupi, to break off a bargain, Nj. 51, Rd. 251; b. sýslu, to leave off working, Fms. vi. 349; b. svefni, blundi, to awake, Sdm. 2; smátt bregðr slíkt svefni mínum, Lv. 53; b. tali, to break off talking, Vápn. 22; b. orustu, to break off the battle, Bret.: esp. freq. in poetry, b. hungri, föstu, sulti, to break or quell the hunger (of the wolf); b. gleði; b. lífi, fjörvi, to put to death, etc., Lex. Poët.
    2. to break faith, promise, or the like; b. máli, Grág. i. 148; trúnaði, Nj. 141; brugðið var öllu sáttmáli, Hkr. ii. 121; b. heiti, Alvm. 3: absol., ef bóandi bregðr við griðmann ( breaks a bargain), Grág. i. 153.
    3. reflex., bregðask e-m (or absol.), to deceive, fail, in faith or friendship; Gunnarr kvaðsk aldri skyldu b. Njáli né sonum hans, Nj. 57; bregðsk þú oss nú eigi, do not deceive us, Fms. vi. 17; vant er þó at vita hverir mér eru trúir ef feðrnir b., ii. 11; en þeim brásk framhlaupit, i. e. they failed in the onslaught, vii. 298; þat mun eigi bregðask, that cannot fail, Fas. ii. 526, Rb. 50; fáir munu þeir, at einörð sinni haldi, er slíkir brugðusk við oss, Fms. v. 36, Grett. 26 new Ed.
    III. [A. S. brædan, to braid, braider], to ‘braid,’ knot, bind, the band, string being in dat.; hann bregðr í fiskinn öðrum enda, he braided the one end in the fish, Finnb. 220; hón brá hárinu undir belli sér, she braided her hair under her belt; (hann) brá ( untied) brókabelti sínu, Fas. i. 47; er þeir höfðu brugðið kaðli um, wound a cable round it, Fms. x. 53; hefir strengrinn brugðizk líttat af fótum honum, the rope had loosened off his feet, xi. 152: but also simply and with acc., b. bragð, to braid a braid, knit a knot, Eg. (in a verse); b. ráð, to weave a plot, (cp. Gr. ράπτειν, Lat. suere), Edda (in a verse); in the proper sense flétta and ríða, q. v., are more usual.
    2. in wrestling; b. e-m, the antagonist in dat., the trick in acc., b. e-m bragð (hæl-krók, sveiflu, etc.)
    3. recipr., of mutual strife; bregðask brögðum, to play one another tricks; b. brigzlum, to scold one another, Grág. ii. 146; b. frumhlaupum, of mutual aggression, 13, 48; bregðask um e-t, to contest a thing, 66, cp. i. 34.
    4. part., brugðinn við e-t, acquainted with a thing; munuð þit brátt brugðnir við meira, i. e. you will soon have greater matters to deal with, Fs. 84; hann er við hvárttveggja b., he is well versed in both, Gísl. 51.
    IV. metaph. to upbraid, blame, with dat. of the person and thing; fár bregðr hinu betra, ef hann veit hit verra (a proverb), Nj. 227; Þórðr blígr brá honum því ( Thord threw it in his face), á Þórsnesþingi, at …, Landn. 101; Kálfr brá mér því í dag, Fms. vi. 105; b. e-m brizglum, Nj. 227.
    B. NEUT. OR ABSOL. without a case, of swift, sudden motion.
    I. b. á e-t, as, b. á leik, gaman, etc., to start or begin sporting, playing; Kimbi brá á gaman, K. took it playfully, i. e. laughed at it, Landn. 101; b. á gamanmál, Fms. xi. 151; þeir brugðu á glímu ok á glens, they started wrestling and playing, Ld. 220; bregðr hann (viz. the horse) á leik, the horse broke into play, ran away, Fms. xi. 280; Glúmr svaraði vel en brá þó á sitt ráð, Glum gave a gentle answer, but went on in his own way, Nj. 26, Fas. i. 250: the phrase, hönd bregðr á venju, the hand is ready for its old work, Edda (Ht.) verse 26, cp. Nj. ch. 78 (in a verse).
    2. b. við, to start off, set about a thing without delay, at a moment’s notice, may in Engl. often be rendered by at once or the like; brá hann við skjótt ok fór, he started off at once and went, Fms. i. 158; þeir brugðu við skjótt, ok varð þeim mjök við felmt, i. e. they took to their heels in a great fright, Nj. 105; þeir brugðu við skjótt, ok fara þaðan, 107; bregðr hon við ok hleypr, Grett. 25 new Ed., Bjarn. 60; hrossit bregðr nú við hart, id.; en er Ólafr spurði, at Þorsteinn hafði skjótt við brugðit, ok hafði mikit fjölmenni, Ld. 228.
    β. b. til e-s, þá brá Ingimundr til utanferðar, Ingimund started to go abroad, Sturl. i. 117; b. til Grænlands ferðar, Fb. i. 430.
    II. reflex, to make a sudden motion with the body; Rútr brásk skjótt við undan högginu, Nj. 28, 129; b. við fast, to turn sharply, 58, 97; bregðsk (= bregðr) jarl nú við skjótt ok ferr, the earl started at once, Fms. xi. 11; hann brásk aldregi við ( he remained motionless) er þeir píndu hann, heldr en þeir lysti á stokk eðr stein, vii. 227.
    2. metaph. and of a circumlocutory character; eigi þætti mér ráðið, hvárt ek munda svá skjótt á boð brugðisk hafa, ef …, I am not sure whether I should have been so hasty in bidding you, if …, Ísl. ii. 156; bregðask á beina við e-n, to shew hospitality towards, Fms. viii. 59, cp. bregða sér above.
    β. b. yfir, to exceed; heyra þeir svá mikinn gný at yfir brásk, they heard an awful crash, Mag. 6; þá brásk þat þó yfir jafnan ( it surpassed) er konungr talaði, Fms. x. 322, yet these last two instances may be better read ‘barst,’ vide bera C. IV; bregðask úkunnr, reiðr … við e-t, to be startled at the novelty of a thing, v. 258; b. reiðr við, to get excited, angry at a thing, etc.
    C. IMPERS.
    I. the phrase, e-m bregðr við e-t, of strong emotions, fear, anger, or the like; brá þeim mjök við, er þau sá hann inn ganga, it startled them much, when they saw him come in, Nj. 68; Flosa brá svá við, at hann var í andliti stundum sem blóð, 177; en þó brá fóstru Melkorku mest við þessi tíðindi, i. e. this news most affected Melkorka’s nurse, Ld. 82; aldri hefi ek mannsblóð séð, ok veit ek eigi hve mér bregðr við, I wot not how it will touch me, Nj. 59; brá honum svá við, at hann gerði fölvan í andliti … ok þann veg brá honum opt síðan ( he was oft since then taken in such fits), þá er vígahugr var á honum, Glúm. 342; en við höggit brá Glæsi svá at …, Eb. 324; Þorkell spurði ef honum hefði brugðit nokkut við þessa sýslu.—Ekki sjám vér þér brugðit hafa við þetta, en þó sýndist mér þér áðr brugðit, Fms. xi. 148.
    β. bregða í brún, to be amazed, shocked, Fms. i. 214; þá brá Guðrúnu mjök í brún um atburð þenna allan saman, Ld. 326, Nj. 14; þat hlægir mik at þeim mun í brún b., 239; nú bregðr mönnum í brún mjök ( people were very much startled), því at margir höfðu áðr enga frétt af haft, Band. 7.
    II. with prepp. við, til, í, af; of appearances, kynligu, undarliga bregðr við, it has a weird look, looks uncanny, of visions, dreams, or the like; en þó bregðr nú kynligu við, undan þykir mér nú gaflaðit hvárt-tveggja undan húsinu, Ísl. ii. 352, Nj. 62, 197, Gísl. 83; nú bregðr undrum við, id., Fms. i. 292.
    III. e-m bregðr til e-s, one person turns out like another, cp. the Danish ‘at slægte en paa;’ þat er mælt at fjórðungi bregði til fóstrs, the fostering makes the fourth part of the man, Nj. 64; en því bregðr mér til foreldris míns, in that I am like my father, Hkr. iii. 223; er þat líkast, at þér bregði meir í þræla ættina en Þveræinga, it is too likely, that thou wilt show thyself rather to be kith and kin to the thrall’s house than to that of Thweræingar, Fb. i. 434; b. til bernsku, to be childish, Al. 3.
    β. bregðr af vexti hans frá öðrum selum, his shape differs from that of any other seals, Sks. 41 new Ed. (afbrigði).
    IV. to cease; e-u bregðr, it ceases; svá hart … at nyt (dat.) bregði, ( to drive the ewes) so fast that they fail ( to give milk), Grág. ii. 231; þessu tali bregðr aldri (= þetta tal bregzk aldri), this calculation can never fail, Rb. 536; veðráttu (dat.) brá eigi, there was no change in the weather, Grett. 91; skini sólar brá, the sun grew dim, Geisü 19; fjörvi feigra brá, the life of the ‘feys’ came to an end (poët.), Fms. vi. 316 (in a verse); brá föstu, hungri, úlfs, ara, the hunger of wolf and eagle was abated, is a freq. phrase with the poets.
    V. of a sudden appearance; kláða (dat.) brá á hvarmana, the eye-lids itched, Fms. v. 96: of light passing swiftly by, þá brá ljóma af Logafjöllum, Hkv. 1. 15; ljósi bregðr fyrir, a light passes before the eye; mey brá mér fyrir hvarma steina, a maid passed before my eyes, Snót 117; þar við ugg (dat.) at þrjótum brá, i. e. the rogues were taken by fear, 170.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BREGÐA

  • 16 fundir

    v.
    1 to melt (derretir) (mantequilla, hielo).
    El calor del auto fundió el queso The heat of the car melted the cheese.
    2 to blow ( electricity and electronics) (fusible, bombilla).
    3 to merge (commerce).
    4 to fade (Cine).
    5 to blow (informal) (gastar). (peninsular Spanish)
    6 to bankrupt, to ruin. ( Latin American Spanish)
    7 to cast, to mold.
    El orfebre fundió el oro The goldsmith cast the gold.
    * * *
    1 (derretir) to melt
    3 (dar forma) to cast
    4 (bombilla, plomos) to blow
    5 (unir) to unite, join
    6 familiar (despilfarrar) to waste, blow
    1 (derretirse) to melt
    2 (bombilla, plomos) to fuse, go, blow, burn out
    3 (unirse) to merge
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=derretir)
    a) [para hacer líquido] [+ metal, cera, nieve] to melt; [+ monedas, lingotes, joyas] to melt down
    b) (Min) [para extraer el metal] to smelt
    c) [en molde] [+ estatuas, cañones] to cast
    2) [+ bombilla, fusible] to blow
    3) (=fusionar) [+ organizaciones, empresas] to merge, amalgamate; [+ culturas, movimientos] to fuse
    4) (Cine) [+ imágenes] to fade
    5) * [+ dinero] to blow *
    6) Perú, Cono Sur * (=arruinar) ruin
    7) Chile * [+ niño] to spoil
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <metal/hierro> to melt; < mineral> to smelt
    2) <estatua/campana> to cast
    3)
    a) (Elec) to blow
    b) (AmL) < motor> ( de gasolina) to seize... up; ( eléctrico) to burn... out
    4) (fam) <dinero/herencia> to blow (colloq)
    5)
    a) ( fusionar) to merge
    b) (Cin) <imágenes/tomas> to fade, merge
    2.
    fundirse v pron
    1) metal to melt; nieve/hielo to melt, thaw
    2)
    a) (Elec)
    b) (AmL) motor ( de gasolina) to seize up; ( eléctrico) to burn out
    3) (enf) (fam) ( gastarse) to blow (colloq)
    4)
    a) ( fusionarse) to merge
    b) (Cin, Mús) to fade
    5) (Per, RPl fam) ( arruinarse) persona to lose everything; empresa to go bust
    * * *
    = amalgamate, bring into, cast, confound, weld into/together, fuse, melt, mingle (with), melt down.
    Ex. In 1971 its functions were divided, part amalgamated with the Ministry of Defence, and part amalgamated with the Board of Trade to form the Department of Trade and Industry.
    Ex. Whether or not these specific proposals will be brought into some kind of overall approach and ideology remains to me a very questionable point.
    Ex. Printing types were cast in an alloy of lead, antimony, and tin called type-metal.
    Ex. The confounding of opposites is also common though, again, care has to be taken to see that we do not confound two subjects on which extensive literature exists.
    Ex. The Department of Trade and Industry has undergone many changes over the years; it has been split into two separate departments and welded together again.
    Ex. The experiment is financed externally and aims to fuse the functions of the 2 library types.
    Ex. The heat melts the wax on those areas which correspond with the image areas of the original, and the melted wax is absorbed into the tissue sheet.
    Ex. Not so long ago, the far off lands existed, to most people, in their imagination where they mingled with fairy tales and imaginary stories.
    Ex. In 1588 Thomas Thomas, Cambridge University printer, had one press and 1,400 kg. of type, but 40 per cent of the type was old metal waiting to be melted down.
    ----
    * caja de fundir estereotipos = casting-box [casting box].
    * fundir en = meld (in/into).
    * fundirse = become + fused, run together.
    * fundirse con = blend into, become + one with, blend in with.
    * fundir tipos = cut + punches, cast + type.
    * plomo + fundirse = blow + a fuse.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <metal/hierro> to melt; < mineral> to smelt
    2) <estatua/campana> to cast
    3)
    a) (Elec) to blow
    b) (AmL) < motor> ( de gasolina) to seize... up; ( eléctrico) to burn... out
    4) (fam) <dinero/herencia> to blow (colloq)
    5)
    a) ( fusionar) to merge
    b) (Cin) <imágenes/tomas> to fade, merge
    2.
    fundirse v pron
    1) metal to melt; nieve/hielo to melt, thaw
    2)
    a) (Elec)
    b) (AmL) motor ( de gasolina) to seize up; ( eléctrico) to burn out
    3) (enf) (fam) ( gastarse) to blow (colloq)
    4)
    a) ( fusionarse) to merge
    b) (Cin, Mús) to fade
    5) (Per, RPl fam) ( arruinarse) persona to lose everything; empresa to go bust
    * * *
    = amalgamate, bring into, cast, confound, weld into/together, fuse, melt, mingle (with), melt down.

    Ex: In 1971 its functions were divided, part amalgamated with the Ministry of Defence, and part amalgamated with the Board of Trade to form the Department of Trade and Industry.

    Ex: Whether or not these specific proposals will be brought into some kind of overall approach and ideology remains to me a very questionable point.
    Ex: Printing types were cast in an alloy of lead, antimony, and tin called type-metal.
    Ex: The confounding of opposites is also common though, again, care has to be taken to see that we do not confound two subjects on which extensive literature exists.
    Ex: The Department of Trade and Industry has undergone many changes over the years; it has been split into two separate departments and welded together again.
    Ex: The experiment is financed externally and aims to fuse the functions of the 2 library types.
    Ex: The heat melts the wax on those areas which correspond with the image areas of the original, and the melted wax is absorbed into the tissue sheet.
    Ex: Not so long ago, the far off lands existed, to most people, in their imagination where they mingled with fairy tales and imaginary stories.
    Ex: In 1588 Thomas Thomas, Cambridge University printer, had one press and 1,400 kg. of type, but 40 per cent of the type was old metal waiting to be melted down.
    * caja de fundir estereotipos = casting-box [casting box].
    * fundir en = meld (in/into).
    * fundirse = become + fused, run together.
    * fundirse con = blend into, become + one with, blend in with.
    * fundir tipos = cut + punches, cast + type.
    * plomo + fundirse = blow + a fuse.

    * * *
    fundir [I1 ]
    vt
    A ‹metal› to melt; ‹mineral› to smelt; ‹hielo› to melt
    B ‹estatua/campana› to cast
    C
    1 ( Elec) to blow
    2 ( AmL) ‹motor› (de gasolina) to seize … up; (eléctrico) to burn … out
    D ( fam); ‹dinero/herencia› to blow ( colloq)
    E
    1 (unir, fusionar) to merge fundir algo EN algo to merge sth INTO sth
    2 ( Cin) ‹imágenes/tomas› to fade, merge
    F (Chi, Per fam) (destruir) to ruin, destroy
    G ( Chi) ‹niño› to spoil
    H ( Per fam) (fastidiar) to annoy, to wind … up ( BrE colloq)
    ■ fundir
    vi
    ( Per fam) (fastidiar) to be a pest o nuisance ( colloq)
    A «metal» to melt; «nieve/hielo» to melt, thaw
    B
    1 ( Elec):
    se ha fundido la bombilla the bulb has gone o fused ( colloq)
    2 ( AmL) «motor» (de gasolina) to seize up; (eléctrico) to burn out
    C ( enf) ( fam) (gastarse) to blow ( colloq)
    D
    1
    (unirse, fusionarse): las dos empresas han decidido fundirse the two companies have decided to merge
    fundirse EN algo:
    se fundieron en un apretado abrazo they clasped each other in a close embrace ( liter), they hugged each other tightly
    los distintos colores se funden en un tono cobrizo the different colors merge into a coppery hue
    2 ( Cin, Mús) to fade
    una imagen se funde sobre la siguiente toma one image fades o dissolves into the next
    E
    (Per, RPl fam) (arruinarse): se fundieron con ese negocio they lost everything in that deal
    la empresa se fundió the company went bust ( colloq)
    F ( Per fam) (fastidiarse) to cop it ( colloq)
    G ( Chi fam) «niño» to get spoiled
    H fundirse con ( Chi fam) (robar) to pocket ( colloq)
    se fundió con las ganancias comunes he pocketed all the profits
    * * *

     

    fundir ( conjugate fundir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a)metal/hierro to melt;

    mineral to smelt
    b)estatua/campana to cast

    2 (Elec) to blow
    3 ( fusionar) to merge
    fundirse verbo pronominal
    1 [ metal] to melt;
    [nieve/hielo] to melt, thaw
    2 (Elec):

    se fundieron los fusibles the fuses blew
    3 ( fusionarse) [empresas/partidos] to merge;
    fundirse en algo to merge sth into sth
    fundir verbo transitivo
    1 (derretir) to melt
    2 (fusionar, unir) to unite, join
    3 (una bombilla, un plomo) to blow
    ' fundir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    horno
    English:
    blow
    - fade in
    - fade out
    - found
    - melt
    - melt down
    - fuse
    - smelt
    * * *
    vt
    1. [derretir] [mantequilla, hielo] to melt;
    [roca, hierro, plomo] to smelt
    2. [estatua] to cast;
    [oro] to melt down;
    fundir oro en lingotes to melt down gold into ingots
    3. Com to merge
    4. Cine to fade;
    fundir un plano con otro to fade one scene into another
    5. [fusible, bombilla] to blow
    6. Esp Fam [gastar] to blow
    7. Am [motor]
    fundir el motor to make the engine seize up
    8. Am [arruinar] to bankrupt, to ruin
    9. Fam [derrotar]
    con ese comentario fundió a su oponente he floored his opponent with this remark
    vi
    Perú Fam [molestar] to be a pest;
    los vecinos están siempre fundiendo our neighbours are a real pest
    * * *
    v/t
    1 hielo melt
    2 metal smelt
    3 COM merge
    4 en TV, película fade
    * * *
    fundir vt
    1) : to melt down, to smelt
    2) : to fuse, to merge
    3) : to burn out (a lightbulb)
    * * *
    fundir vb (derretir) to melt

    Spanish-English dictionary > fundir

  • 17 poner

    v.
    1 to put.
    Ella puso el mantel She set the tablecloth.
    Ella puso su mejor esfuerzo She exerted her best effort.
    2 to give, to set (asignar) (tarea, examen).
    le pusieron Mario they called him Mario
    le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam
    3 to switch or put on (conectar) (televisión, radio).
    4 to send (comunicar) (telegrama, fax).
    ¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him? (peninsular Spanish)
    5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).
    ¿qué ponen en la tele? what's on the telly?
    6 to set up.
    ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop
    poner la mesa to lay the table
    7 to do up.
    han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style
    8 to put in.
    poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business
    poner algo de mi/tu/etc. parte to do my/your/etc bit
    poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) something
    Ponga más sal Put in more salt.
    9 to suppose.
    pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened
    pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days
    poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan
    10 to say (decir). (peninsular Spanish)
    ¿qué pone ahí? what does it say?
    11 to lay (eggs) (ave).
    12 to make, to render, to turn, to get.
    13 to apply, to put on.
    Ella puso desinfectante She applied disinfectant.
    14 to lay eggs, to lay.
    La gallina puso The hen laid eggs.
    15 to say about.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    pongo, pones, pone, ponemos, ponéis, ponen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    pon (tú), ponga (él/Vd.), pongamos (nos.), poned (vos.), pongan (ellos/Vds.).
    Past Participle
    puesto,-a.
    * * *
    verb
    3) set
    4) set up, establish
    5) add
    6) switch on, put on
    7) lay
    - ponerse
    * * *
    Para las expresiones poner cuidado, poner en duda, poner por las nubes, poner a parir, poner como un trapo, poner verde, poner de vuelta y media, poner por testigo, ponerse por delante, ver la otra entrada.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=colocar, situar) to put

    ¿dónde pongo mis cosas? — where shall I put my things?

    poner algo [aparte] — to put sth aside, put sth to one side

    ponlo en su [sitio] — put it back

    2) [+ ropa, calzado] to put on
    3) (=añadir) to add

    ponle más sal — add some salt, put some more salt in it

    4) (=aplicar, administrar) to put
    5) (=disponer, preparar)

    poner la [mesa] — to lay {o} set the table

    6) (=instalar)
    a) [+ teléfono, calefacción] to put in
    b) [+ tienda] to open; [+ casa] to furnish
    7) (=exponer)

    ponlo al sol — leave {o} put it out in the sun

    8) (=hacer funcionar) [+ radio, televisión, calefacción] to put on, turn on; [+ disco] to put on, play

    ¿pongo música? — shall I put some music on?

    9) (=ajustar) [+ despertador] to set

    poner el reloj [en hora] — to put one's watch right

    ponlo [más alto] — turn it up

    10) (=adoptar)

    ¿por qué pones esa voz tan tonta? — why are you speaking in that silly voice?

    ¡no pongas esa [cara]! — don't look at me like that!

    11) (=volver) + adj, adv to make

    para no ponerle de mal humor — so as not to make him cross, so as not to put him in a bad mood

    ¡cómo te han puesto! — (=te han manchado) look what a mess you are!; (=te han pegado) they've given you a right thumping!

    12) (=servir)

    ¿qué te pongo? — what can I get you?, what would you like?

    ¿me pones más patatas? — could I have some more potatoes?

    13) (=conectar por teléfono) to put through

    ¿me pone con el Sr. García, por favor? — could you put me through to Mr García, please?

    14) (=exhibir)

    ¿qué ponen en el cine? — what's on at the cinema?

    ¿ponen alguna película esta noche? — is there a film on tonight?

    15) (=enviar) to send
    16) (=escribir) to put

    ¿qué pongo en la carta? — what shall I put in the letter?

    ¿te has acordado de poner el remite? — did you remember to put the return address on it?

    17) (=decir, estar escrito) to say

    ¿qué pone aquí? — what does it say here?

    18) (=imponer) [+ examen, trabajo] to give, set

    nos pone mucho trabajo — he gives {o} sets us a lot of work

    me han puesto una [multa] — I've been fined, I've been given a fine

    19) (=oponer) [+ inconvenientes] to raise

    le pone [peros] a todo — he's always finding fault with everything

    20) (=aportar, contribuir)
    [+ dinero]

    yo pongo el dinero pero ella escoge — I do the paying, but she does the choosing

    21) (=invertir) to put in
    22) (=apostar)
    23) (=llamar) to call

    ¿qué nombre {o} cómo le van a poner? — what are they going to call him?, what name are they giving him?

    24) (=criticar, alabar)

    te puso muy [bien] ante el jefe — she was very nice about you to the boss

    ¡[cómo] te han puesto! — (=te han criticado) they had a real go at you!; (=te han alabado) they were really nice about you!

    tu cuñada te ha puesto muy [mal] — your sister-in-law was very nasty about you

    25) (=tildar)

    poner a algn [de], la han puesto de idiota para arriba — they called her an idiot and worse

    26) (=suponer)

    pongamos [que] ganas la lotería — suppose {o} supposing you win the lottery

    poniendo que... — supposing that...

    27)

    poner a algn [a] + infin

    28)

    poner a Juan [bien] con Pedro — to make things up between Juan and Pedro

    poner a Juan [mal] con Pedro — to make Juan fall out with Pedro, cause a rift between Juan and Pedro

    29) [en trabajo]

    poner a algn [de], puso a su hija de sirvienta — she got her daughter a job as a servant

    30)
    31) [gallina] [+ huevos] to lay
    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) [aves] to lay (eggs)
    2) (=apostar)
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( colocar) to put

    lo pusieron en el curso avanzadohe was put o placed in the advanced class

    b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put
    2) ( agregar) to put

    ¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

    ¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

    3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?

    4) <inyección/supositorio> to give
    5)

    poner la mesato lay o set the table

    6)
    a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to open
    b) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to install
    c) cerradura/armario to fit
    7) ave < huevo> to lay
    8) (Esp) (servir, dar)

    ¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?

    póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please

    ¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?

    9)
    b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on
    10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take
    11)
    a) ( imponer) < deberes> to give, set; <examen/problema> to set
    b) ( oponer)

    no puso inconvenientehe didn't have o raise any objections

    a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything

    c) ( adjudicar) < nota> to give

    ¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?

    12) ( dar) <nombre/apodo> to give; < ejemplo> to give

    ¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?

    le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'

    13) ( enviar) < telegrama> to send
    14) ( escribir) to put
    15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say
    16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>

    ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?

    ¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?

    17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take
    18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)
    19) ( adoptar) cara/voz
    20)

    poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework

    b)

    poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example

    21) ( suponer)

    pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...

    pongamos (por caso) que están equivocadossuppose o let's just say they're wrong

    ponerle — (esp AmL)

    ¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours

    22)
    a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put on

    puso el motor en marchashe switched on o started the engine

    b) (ajustar, graduar)
    23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody

    ¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?

    2.
    vi gallina to lay
    3.
    1) ponerse v pron
    2)
    a) (refl) ( colocarse)

    pongámonos a la sombralet's sit (o lie etc) in the shade

    ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees

    ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree

    se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)

    se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head

    b) (Esp) ( llegar)
    3) sol to set
    4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put on

    me puse el collar de perlasI wore o put on my pearl necklace

    5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

    cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!

    6)
    a) ( empezar)

    ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf

    se puso a lloverit started raining o started to rain

    b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)

    cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)

    yo me pongo con cienI'll put in o chip in a hundred

    7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

    * * *
    = affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.
    Ex. Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.
    Ex. One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.
    Ex. If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.
    Ex. If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.
    Ex. By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.
    Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex. A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex. The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.
    Ex. In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.
    Ex. There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.
    Ex. The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.
    Ex. Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.
    Ex. The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.
    ----
    * con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.
    * de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.
    * encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].
    * no poner en duda = be unquestioned.
    * poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.
    * poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.
    * poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.
    * poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.
    * poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.
    * poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.
    * poner a disposición = keep within + reach.
    * poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.
    * poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.
    * poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.
    * poner al alcance = bring within + reach.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.
    * poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.
    * poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.
    * poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.
    * poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.
    * poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.
    * poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.
    * poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * poner al revés = upend.
    * poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.
    * poner a + Número = set to + Número.
    * poner aparte = set + apart.
    * poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.
    * poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.
    * poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).
    * poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.
    * poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.
    * poner carnada = bait.
    * poner cebo = bait.
    * poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.
    * poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.
    * poner delante de = lay before.
    * poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.
    * poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].
    * poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.
    * poner de pie = stand + upright.
    * poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.
    * poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.
    * poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.
    * poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.
    * poner el candado = padlock.
    * poner el centro de atención = put + focus.
    * poner el colofón final = bookend.
    * poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.
    * poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.
    * poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.
    * poner el énfasis = put + focus.
    * poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.
    * poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.
    * poner el precio = price.
    * poner el sello = stamp.
    * poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.
    * poner el sello de = rubber stamp.
    * poner empeño = strive.
    * poner en adobo = marinade.
    * poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en alquiler = rent out.
    * poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner encima = top with.
    * poner en circulación = circulate.
    * poner en claro = clear up.
    * poner en cola = queue.
    * poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.
    * poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.
    * poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].
    * poner en cuarentena = quarantine.
    * poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.
    * poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.
    * poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.
    * poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * poner en el haber de = credit.
    * poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.
    * poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.
    * poner en escena = stage.
    * poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.
    * poner énfasis = put + emphasis.
    * poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.
    * poner en forma = buff up.
    * poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.
    * poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).
    * poner en garantía = pawn.
    * poner en hielo = ice.
    * poner en juego = tap.
    * poner en la calle = evict.
    * poner en la pared = pin up.
    * poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.
    * poner en libertad = release from + jail.
    * poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.
    * poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.
    * poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.
    * poner en órbita = place into + orbit.
    * poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.
    * poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.
    * poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.
    * poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.
    * poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.
    * poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.
    * poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.
    * poner en préstamo = circulate.
    * poner en primer plano = foreground.
    * poner en relación = bring into + relationship.
    * poner en remojo = steep.
    * poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.
    * poner en riesgo = put at + risk.
    * poner en su sitio = put in + place.
    * poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.
    * poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.
    * poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.
    * poner entre corchetes = bracket.
    * poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.
    * poner entre paréntesis = bracket.
    * poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.
    * poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.
    * poner en venta = put on + sale.
    * poner esfuerzo = give + effort.
    * poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.
    * poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.
    * poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * poner freno = curb.
    * poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.
    * poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * poner guiones = hyphenate.
    * poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.
    * poner impuestos = impose + VAT.
    * poner la brida = bridle.
    * poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.
    * poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.
    * poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.
    * poner la fecha = date-stamp.
    * poner la mesa = lay + the table.
    * poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.
    * poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.
    * poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.
    * poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.
    * poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * poner las esposas = handcuff.
    * poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.
    * ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.
    * ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.
    * ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.
    * poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.
    * poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.
    * poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.
    * poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.
    * poner nervioso = rattle.
    * poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.
    * poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.
    * poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.
    * poner objeciones = object.
    * poner objeciones a = object to.
    * poner obstáculos = cramp.
    * poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.
    * poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.
    * poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.
    * poner parches = patch up, patch.
    * poner patas arriba = upend.
    * poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.
    * poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.
    * poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.
    * poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.
    * poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner sal = salt.
    * ponerse = don, pull on, wax.
    * ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.
    * ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.
    * ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.
    * ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.
    * ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.
    * ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.
    * ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.
    * ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.
    * ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.
    * ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.
    * ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.
    * ponerse borroso = blur.
    * ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse + Color = go + Color.
    * ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).
    * ponerse del lado de = side with.
    * ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.
    * ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.
    * ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.
    * ponerse de parte de = side with.
    * ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.
    * ponerse de punta = stand out.
    * ponerse, el = donning, the.
    * ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.
    * ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.
    * ponerse en contacto = make + contact.
    * ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.
    * ponerse en contra de = turn against.
    * ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).
    * ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse enfermo = get + sick.
    * ponerse en fila = line up.
    * ponerse en forma = get + fit.
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.
    * ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).
    * ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.
    * ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.
    * ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * ponerse en tensión = tense up.
    * ponerse firme = stand to + attention.
    * ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.
    * ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.
    * ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse gallito = bluster.
    * ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.
    * ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.
    * ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).
    * ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.
    * ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.
    * ponerse marrón = turn + brown.
    * ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.
    * ponerse rígido = stiffen.
    * ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse seriamente a = settle to.
    * ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.
    * ponerse tibio = pig out (on).
    * ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.
    * poner sobre aviso = alert to.
    * poner término a = put + paid to.
    * poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.
    * poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner trabas = cramp.
    * poner una bomba = plant + bomb.
    * poner una demanda = face + legal action.
    * poner una denuncia = file + police report.
    * poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.
    * poner una nota en un sitio público = post.
    * poner una reclamación = appeal.
    * poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.
    * poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.
    * poner una tienda = pitch + tent.
    * poner un círculo alrededor = circle.
    * poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.
    * poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.
    * poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * poner un poquito de picante = pep up.
    * poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.
    * poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.
    * poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.
    * poner y quitar = get on and off.
    * pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.
    * pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.
    * precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.
    * que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.
    * que pone obstáculos = obstructive.
    * quita o pon = give or take.
    * sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.
    * sin poner en escena = unproduced.
    * sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.
    * sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.
    * sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.
    * sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) ( colocar) to put

    lo pusieron en el curso avanzadohe was put o placed in the advanced class

    b) <anuncio/aviso> to place, put
    2) ( agregar) to put

    ¿cuándo se le pone el agua? — when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?

    ¿le pones azúcar al café? — do you take sugar in your coffee?

    3) <ropa/calzado> (+ me/te/le etc)

    ¿me pones los zapatos? — can you put my shoes on (for me)?

    4) <inyección/supositorio> to give
    5)

    poner la mesato lay o set the table

    6)
    a) (instalar, montar) <oficina/restaurante> to open
    b) <cocina/teléfono/calefacción> to install
    c) cerradura/armario to fit
    7) ave < huevo> to lay
    8) (Esp) (servir, dar)

    ¿qué le pongo? — what can I get you?

    póngame un café, por favor — I'll have a coffee, please

    ¿cuántos le pongo? — how many would you like?

    9)
    b) ( proporcionar) autobús/tren to lay on
    10) < atención> to pay; <cuidado/interés> to take
    11)
    a) ( imponer) < deberes> to give, set; <examen/problema> to set
    b) ( oponer)

    no puso inconvenientehe didn't have o raise any objections

    a todo le pone peros or pegas — she finds fault with everything

    c) ( adjudicar) < nota> to give

    ¿qué nota te puso? — what mark did he give you?

    12) ( dar) <nombre/apodo> to give; < ejemplo> to give

    ¿qué título le pusiste? — what title did you give it?

    le pusieron el apodo de `el cojo' — they nicknamed him `el cojo'

    13) ( enviar) < telegrama> to send
    14) ( escribir) to put
    15) (esp Esp) ( expresar por escrito) to say
    16) (Esp) (exhibir, dar) <obra/película>

    ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? — is there anything interesting on TV?

    ¿qué ponen en el Royal? — what's on o what's showing at the Royal?

    17) (RPl) ( tardar) to take
    18) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)
    19) ( adoptar) cara/voz
    20)

    poner a alguien a + inf: puso a las hijas a trabajar he sent his daughters out to work; lo puse a hacer los deberes — I made him do his homework

    b)

    poner a alguien de algo: la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department; lo pusieron de ángel he was given the part of an angel; siempre te pone de ejemplo — he always holds you up as an example

    21) ( suponer)

    pon que perdemos ese tren... — say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train...

    pongamos (por caso) que están equivocadossuppose o let's just say they're wrong

    ponerle — (esp AmL)

    ¿cuánto se tarda? - ponle dos horas — how long does it take? - about two hours o reckon on two hours

    22)
    a) (conectar, encender) <televisión/calefacción> to turn on, switch on, put on; <programa/canal> to put on; < disco> to put on

    puso el motor en marchashe switched on o started the engine

    b) (ajustar, graduar)
    23) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    poner a alguien con algo/alguien — to put somebody through to something/somebody

    ¿me pone con la extensión 24? — could you put me through to extension 24, please?

    2.
    vi gallina to lay
    3.
    1) ponerse v pron
    2)
    a) (refl) ( colocarse)

    pongámonos a la sombralet's sit (o lie etc) in the shade

    ponerse de rodillas — to kneel (down), get down on one's knees

    ponte ahí, junto al árbol — stand over there, by the tree

    se me/le puso que... — (AmS fam) I/he had a feeling that... (colloq)

    se le pone cada cosa... — he gets the strangest ideas into his head

    b) (Esp) ( llegar)
    3) sol to set
    4) (refl) <calzado/maquillaje/alhaja> to put on

    me puse el collar de perlasI wore o put on my pearl necklace

    5) (en estado, situación) (+ compl)

    cómo te has puesto de barro! — look at you, you're covered in mud!

    6)
    a) ( empezar)

    ponerse a + inf — to start -ing, to start + inf

    se puso a lloverit started raining o started to rain

    b) (CS arg) ( contribuir dinero)

    cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse — when the bill comes, everyone has to cough up (colloq)

    yo me pongo con cienI'll put in o chip in a hundred

    7) (Esp) ( al teléfono)

    ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone — Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you

    * * *
    = affix, fit, put, set, lay, set up, lay out on, lay down, deposit, play, lay out, plant, bung + Nombe + in, get on.

    Ex: Some libraries use small stickers affixed to the spines which have cartoons or ideograms indicating a special genre.

    Ex: One such method requires that each book has a magnetic strip inserted into the spine and a special exit door is fitted across which an electric signal is beamed.
    Ex: If you encounter an unlabeled document during charge-out, peel off one of the preprinted labels and put it in the document.
    Ex: If no fines are to be charged for a particular combination of borrower and material type, set the maximum fine to zero.
    Ex: By such mutual assistance, the wits and endeavours of the world may no longer be as so many scattered coals, or firebrands, which, for want of union are soon quenched, whereas, being but laid together, they would have yielded a comfortable light and heat.
    Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex: A table is set up in a classroom, books are laid out on it by pupil 'shop assistants' supervised by a rota of teachers, and regular opening hours are laid down and adhered to.
    Ex: The run-off paper must be thick and absorbent to cope with the thick layer of ink deposited on it by the duplicator.
    Ex: In another style of lesson, the book is approached through film clips, dramatizations on TV, or played on records or tapes made commercially.
    Ex: There should be plenty of space to lay out all the books attractively and for people to move about without feeling too crowded.
    Ex: The article is entitled 'To everything there is a season...a time to plant and a time to pluck up that which is planted: a life-cycle analysis of education for librarianship'.
    Ex: Instead of bunging it in the washing machine, clean it carefully by hand using lukewarm water.
    Ex: The full-length, two-direction zipper makes it easy to get on and off, and the bottom is easy to unzip for diaper changes.
    * con la mirada puesta en = in + Posesivo + sights.
    * cosas + ponerse feas = things + get rough.
    * costes + ponerse por las nubes = costs + spiral.
    * de quita y pon = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up, removable.
    * encargado de poner en práctica = implementor [implementer].
    * no poner en duda = be unquestioned.
    * poner a Alguien al cargo de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al frente de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al mando de = put + Nombre + in charge of.
    * poner a Alguien al tanto de = fill + Alguien + in on.
    * poner a Alguien contra las cuerdas = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en contacto con = put + Nombre + in touch with.
    * poner a Alguien en el compromiso de = leave + Nombre + with the choice of.
    * poner a Alguien en guardia = put + Nombre + on + Posesivo + guard.
    * poner a Alguien en su sitio = cut + Nombre + down to size, knock + Nombre + off + Posesivo + pedestal, cut + Nombre + down to size.
    * poner a Alguien en un aprieto = put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un apuro = put + Alguien + on the spot, put + Nombre + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un compromiso = put + Alguien + on the spot.
    * poner a Alguien en un pedestal = put + Nombre + on a pedestal.
    * poner a cargo de = put in + charge of.
    * poner a disposición = keep within + reach.
    * poner a disposición de = make + available to, put at + the disposal of, place + at the disposal of, bring within + reach.
    * poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.
    * poner a la defensiva = put on + the defensive.
    * poner al alcance = bring within + reach.
    * poner al día = bring + Nombre + up to date, bring + Nombre + up to scratch.
    * poner al día (de) = bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner Algo a disposición = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al alcance = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo al descubierto = bring + Nombre + to the surface.
    * poner Algo a mano = put + Nombre + within reach.
    * poner Algo a prueba = push + Nombre + to + Posesivo + limits.
    * poner Algo en = stick + Nombre + on.
    * poner Algo en Internet = put (out) + Nombre + on the web.
    * poner Algo patas arriba = turn + Nombre + inside-out.
    * poner Algo por delante de = put + Nombre + ahead of.
    * poner Alguien al descubierto = blow + Posesivo + cover.
    * poner + Alguien + frenético = make + Alguien + furious.
    * poner al mismo nivel que = bring + Nombre + to a par with.
    * poner al revés = upend.
    * poner al tanto (de) = bring into + the swim of, bring + Nombre + up to speed (on), get + Nombre + up to speed on.
    * poner al tanto sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * poner a mal tiempo buena cara = keep + Posesivo + chin up.
    * poner a + Nombre + a la cabeza de = put + Nombre + ahead in.
    * poner a + Número = set to + Número.
    * poner aparte = set + apart.
    * poner a + Posesivo + disposición = put at + Posesivo + fingertips.
    * poner a prueba = stretch, tax, try, strain, overtax, pilot, put to + the test, test, plumb + the depths of, trial, overstretch, push + the envelope, put + Nombre + to the test, try + Nombre + on, push + Nombre + to the edge.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de Alguien = test + Posesivo + patience, try + Nombre + patience.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.
    * poner a prueba una idea = test + idea, pilot + idea.
    * poner a punto = overhaul, hone, fine tune [fine-tune], tune-up.
    * poner atención = lend + an ear, listen (to).
    * poner a un lado = lay + Nombre + aside, set + aside.
    * poner bonito = get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue.
    * poner carnada = bait.
    * poner cebo = bait.
    * poner como ejemplo = instance, cite + as an example, showcase.
    * poner con chinchetas = thumbtack.
    * poner delante de = lay before.
    * poner de manifiesto = bring into + relief, highlight, show, state, throw into + relief, throw up, evince, illustrate, underscore, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], bring to + light, make + it + clear, lay + bare, provide + insight into, reveal, flag + Nombre + up.
    * poner de manifiesto las mejores cualidades de = bring out + the best in.
    * poner demasiado énfasis en Algo = overemphasise [over-emphasise] [overemphasize, -USA].
    * poner de patitas en la calle = give + Nombre + the boot, sack, boot (out), give + Nombre + the sack, turf out.
    * poner de pie = stand + upright.
    * poner de pie apoyado sobre un costado = stand on + Posesivo + side.
    * poner de + Posesivo + parte = do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner de relieve = bring into + relief, throw into + relief, underscore, highlight, show, state, throw up, evince, illustrate, underline, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], flag + Nombre + up, reveal.
    * poner de relieve la importancia = underscore + importance.
    * poner doble acristalamiento = double glaze.
    * poner el candado = padlock.
    * poner el centro de atención = put + focus.
    * poner el colofón final = bookend.
    * poner el culo = take + Nombre + lying down.
    * poner el dedo en la llaga = hit + a (raw) nerve, touch on + raw nerve, hit + the nail on the head, strike + home, strike + a nerve, touch on + a sore spot, touch + a (raw) nerve.
    * poner el despertador = set + the alarm clock.
    * poner el énfasis = put + focus.
    * poner el grito en el cielo = be (all) up in arms, kick up + a stink, kick up + a fuss, blow + Posesivo + top, make + a row, make + a ruckus, kick up + a row, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack, scream + blue murder, froth at + the mouth, shout + blue murder.
    * poner el matasellos a una carta = postmark.
    * poner el precio = price.
    * poner el sello = stamp.
    * poner el sello a = place + a stamp on.
    * poner el sello de = rubber stamp.
    * poner empeño = strive.
    * poner en adobo = marinade.
    * poner en alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en alquiler = rent out.
    * poner en apuros = cast + a shadow over, put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner encima = top with.
    * poner en circulación = circulate.
    * poner en claro = clear up.
    * poner en cola = queue.
    * poner en cola de espera = place + in queue.
    * poner en contacto = bring into + relationship, contact, provide + an interface, bring into + contact.
    * poner en contenedor = containerise [containerize, -USA].
    * poner en cuarentena = quarantine.
    * poner en cuestión = call into + question, render + questionable.
    * poner en cuestión la validez de = bring into + question the validity of, question + the validity of.
    * poner en dificultades = put + Nombre + in difficulties.
    * poner en duda = challenge, be flawed, question, render + suspect, unsettle, cast + doubt on, regard + with suspicion, put in + doubt, call into + question, shed + doubt, throw into + doubt, throw + doubt on.
    * poner en duda la validez de = bring into + question the validity of.
    * poner en duda unos principios = shake + foundations.
    * poner en el haber de = credit.
    * poner en entredicho = challenge, cast + doubt on, subvert, compromise, cast + aspersions on, challenge + Posesivo + assumptions, doubt, question, call into + question, impugn.
    * poner en entredicho una postura = compromise + position.
    * poner en escena = stage.
    * poner en estado de alerta = put on + standby, put on + alert, place + Nombre + on standby.
    * poner en evidencia = make + it + clear, underline, bring to + light, put + Nombre + to shame, call + Posesivo + bluff, bring to + the fore.
    * poner énfasis = put + emphasis.
    * poner énfasis en = lay + stress on, place + emphasis on, lay + emphasis on.
    * poner en forma = buff up.
    * poner en funcionamiento = activate, set in + action, set up, trip, put into + working order, put in + place, put in + place, put into + place, set in + motion.
    * poner en funcionamiento un programa = implement + program(me).
    * poner en garantía = pawn.
    * poner en hielo = ice.
    * poner en juego = tap.
    * poner en la calle = evict.
    * poner en la pared = pin up.
    * poner en la red + Documento Impreso = webify + Documento Impreso.
    * poner en libertad = release from + jail.
    * poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional = release on + bail.
    * poner en libertad condicional, poner en libertad bajo fianza = release on + bail.
    * poner en lista de espera = put + on a waiting list.
    * poner en marcha = implement, set up, trip, set out on, crank up.
    * poner en marcha un proyecto = mobilise + effort.
    * poner en órbita = place into + orbit.
    * poner en orden = tidy up, put in + order, clear up.
    * poner en peligro = jeopardise [jeopardize, -USA], put into + jeopardy, imperil, put at + risk, compromise, endanger, pose + risk.
    * poner en peligro la seguridad = breach + security.
    * poner en peligro la vida = risk + Posesivo + life, risk + life and limb.
    * poner en práctica = exercise, implement, put into + practice, put to + work, put into + effect, put into + practical effect, put in + place, put into + place, translate into + practical action, bring to + bear, deploy.
    * poner en práctica una idea = put + Posesivo + idea + into practice.
    * poner en práctica una normativa = carry out + policy.
    * poner en práctica un arte = practise + art.
    * poner en préstamo = circulate.
    * poner en primer plano = foreground.
    * poner en relación = bring into + relationship.
    * poner en remojo = steep.
    * poner en ridículo = poke + fun at.
    * poner en riesgo = put at + risk.
    * poner en su sitio = put in + place.
    * poner en tela de juicio = throw + doubt on, contest.
    * poner en tensión = put + Nombre + under pressure.
    * poner entre comillas = enclose + in quotation marks.
    * poner entre corchetes = bracket.
    * poner entre la espada y la pared = press to + the point.
    * poner entre paréntesis = bracket.
    * poner entre rejas = put + Nombre + behind bars.
    * poner en uso = bring into + use, take in + use.
    * poner en venta = put on + sale.
    * poner esfuerzo = give + effort.
    * poner fin = curb, bring to + a close, draw to + a close.
    * poner fin a = put + paid to, put + an end to, put + a stop to, call + a halt on, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, sound + the death knell for, kill off.
    * poner fin a un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * poner freno = curb.
    * poner freno a = place + a curb on, clamp down on.
    * poner fuera de combate = lay + Nombre + low.
    * poner guiones = hyphenate.
    * poner huevos = lay + eggs, oviposit.
    * poner impuestos = impose + VAT.
    * poner la brida = bridle.
    * poner la casa al revés = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner la casa patas arriba = turn + the house upside down.
    * poner la dirección en un sobre = address + envelope.
    * poner ladrillos = laying of bricks, lay + bricks.
    * poner la fecha = date-stamp.
    * poner la mesa = lay + the table.
    * poner la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.
    * poner la responsabilidad en = put + the burden on.
    * poner las antenas = prick (up) + Posesivo + ears, Posesivo + antennas + go up.
    * poner las bases = lay + foundation, lay + the basis for.
    * poner las cartas boca arriba = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cartas sobre la mesa = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * poner las cosas en marcha = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en movimiento = get + the ball rolling, set + the ball rolling, start + the ball rolling, get + things rolling, get + things going, set + the wheels in motion.
    * poner las cosas en su lugar = set + the record straight.
    * poner las esposas = handcuff.
    * poner la vida en peligro = put + Posesivo + life at risk.
    * ponerle el cascabel al gato = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for), stick out + Posesivo + neck.
    * ponerle la guinda = put + icing on the cake.
    * ponerle la mano encima a = lay + a finger on.
    * ponerle los cuernos a = cuckold.
    * ponerlo de otra manera = put it + in a different way.
    * poner lo pelos de punta = frighten + the living daylights out of.
    * poner los ojos en blanco = roll + Posesivo + eyes.
    * poner los pelos de punta = bristle, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + Nombre + to death, make + Posesivo + hair stand on end, scare + the hell out of.
    * poner los pies en alto = put + Posesivo + feet up.
    * poner los pies en + Posesivo + casa = darken + Posesivo + door.
    * poner los pies sobre la tierra = come down + to earth.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * poner mucho ahínco = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho ahínco en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño = try + Posesivo + heart out.
    * poner mucho empeño en = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * poner mucho empeño en + Verbo = be at pains to + Infinitivo.
    * poner mucho empeño por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner mucho esmero por = take + (great) pains to.
    * poner negro = drive + Alguien + (a)round the bend.
    * poner nervioso = rattle.
    * poner nervioso a Alguien = give + Nombre + the screaming abdabs.
    * poner + Nombre + a dieta = put + Nombre + on a diet.
    * poner + Nombre + a + Nombre = place + Nombre + against + Nombre.
    * poner objeciones = object.
    * poner objeciones a = object to.
    * poner obstáculos = cramp.
    * poner orden = bring + order, tidying (up), create + order, clear out, clear up.
    * poner orden en el caos = create + order out of chaos, create + order out of chaos.
    * poner papel en la impresora = load + printer.
    * poner parches = patch up, patch.
    * poner patas arriba = upend.
    * poner pegas = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner peros = baulk [balk, -USA], cavil (about/at), quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner por las nubes = praise + highly, wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous, praise + Nombre + to the skies, sing + Posesivo + praises.
    * poner por los suelos = slate, slag + Nombre + off, mouth off, say + nasty things about, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, trash, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * poner + Posesivo + granito de arena = do + Posesivo + share, do + Posesivo + part, do + Posesivo + bit.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de = declare + open season on.
    * poner precio a la cabeza de Alguien = put + a price on + Posesivo + head.
    * poner punto final a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end, close + the book on.
    * poner punto y final a = put + a stop to, sound + the death knell for.
    * poner reparos = cavil (about/at), baulk [balk, -USA], quibble (about/over/with), raise + objection, find + fault with.
    * poner sal = salt.
    * ponerse = don, pull on, wax.
    * ponerse a = set about + Gerundio, get (a)round to, settle down to, get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse a cero = roll over to + zero.
    * ponerse a cubierto = run for + cover.
    * ponerse a dieta = go on + a diet.
    * ponerse a hacer = set out to + do.
    * ponerse a hacer Algo en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse al corriente = come up to + speed.
    * ponerse al corriente de = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse al día = catching up, come up to + speed, get + up to speed.
    * ponerse al día de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse al día de un atraso = clear + backlog.
    * ponerse al día en = catch up with, catch up on.
    * ponerse Algo = slip + Nombre + on.
    * ponerse al rojo vivo = reach + boiling point, fire up.
    * ponerse al tanto = get + up to speed, wise up.
    * ponerse al tanto de = get up to + speed on.
    * ponerse a malas con = run + afoul of, fall + afoul of.
    * ponerse amarillo de envidia = turn + green with envy.
    * ponerse a temblar con sólo pensar en = shudder at + the thought of.
    * ponerse a trabajar en serio = get on with + Posesivo + work, buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse a trabajar por cuenta propia = strike out on + Posesivo + own.
    * ponerse a tratar + Algo = get down to + Nombre.
    * ponerse blanco = turn + white, whiten.
    * ponerse borroso = blur.
    * ponerse ciego = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse + Color = go + Color.
    * ponerse colorado = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse colorado como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse como loco = go + crazy, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse como una fiera = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse como unas castañuelas = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse como un energúmeno = get + Posesivo + knickers in a twist, get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + a fuse, wax + indignant, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, tear + Posesivo + hair out, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse contentísimo = be tickled pink, be chuffed to bits, thrill + Nombre + to bits.
    * ponerse de acuerdo sobre = agree (on/upon).
    * ponerse del lado de = side with.
    * ponerse del lado de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de lleno a = buckle down to.
    * ponerse de mil colores = go + bright red.
    * ponerse de moda = come into + vogue, come into + fashion.
    * ponerse de parte de = side with.
    * ponerse de parte de Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.
    * ponerse de pie = rise, stand up, get to + Posesivo + feet, rise to + Posesivo + feet.
    * ponerse de punta = stand out.
    * ponerse, el = donning, the.
    * ponerse el cinturón = buckle up.
    * ponerse en cola = queue up, line up.
    * ponerse en contacto = make + contact.
    * ponerse en contacto con = be in touch (with), interact (with), get in + touch with.
    * ponerse en contra de = turn against.
    * ponerse en cuclillas = squat (down), crouch (down).
    * ponerse en el lugar de = place + Reflexivo + in the position of, put + Reflexivo + in the position of.
    * ponerse en el lugar de Alguien = put + Reflexivo + in + Nombre/Posesivo + shoes, wear + Posesivo + shoes, walk in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse enfermo = get + sick.
    * ponerse en fila = line up.
    * ponerse en forma = get + fit.
    * ponerse en forma para la lucir el cuerpo en la playa = get + beach-fit.
    * ponerse en lugar de Alguien = stand in + Posesivo + shoes.
    * ponerse en marcha = set off, get off + the ground, swing into + action.
    * ponerse en medio = get in + the way (of).
    * ponerse en pie de guerra = dig up + the tomahawk, dig up + the hatchet, dig up + the war axe.
    * ponerse en práctica = go into + effect.
    * ponerse en ridículo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.
    * ponerse en tensión = tense up.
    * ponerse firme = stand to + attention.
    * ponerse frenético = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, work up + a lather, tear + Posesivo + hair out, be furious.
    * ponerse fresco con = act + fresh with.
    * ponerse furioso = infuriate, get + (all) worked up (about), get + hot under the collar.
    * ponerse gallito = bluster.
    * ponerse hecho una fiera = go + ballistic, go + berserk, blow + Posesivo + top, go + postal, go + crazy, blow + a fuse, lose + Posesivo + temper, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse hecho una furia = go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un basilisco = go + ballistic, go + berserk, go + postal, go + crazy, lose + Posesivo + temper.
    * ponerse hecho un energúmeno = go + ballistic, blow + Posesivo + top, blow + Posesivo + lid, blow + Posesivo + stack.
    * ponerse histérico = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather, throw + a wobbly, throw + a wobbler.
    * ponerse la ropa rápidamente = slip into + Posesivo + clothes.
    * ponerse las medallas = take + the credit (for).
    * ponerse las orejeras = put on + blinkers.
    * ponerse las pilas = buckle down to, pull up + Posesivo + socks, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, pull + (a/Posesivo) finger out.
    * ponerse las pilas, ponerse de lleno a, ponerse a trabajar en serio = buckle down to.
    * ponerse loco = go + berserk, go + postal, work up + a lather.
    * ponerse manos a la obra = get down to + business, swing into + action.
    * ponerse marrón = turn + brown.
    * ponerse morado = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).
    * ponerse nervioso = get + Posesivo + knickers in a bundle, get + Posesivo + panties in a bundle, be in a tizz(y), get in(to) a tizz(y), have + butterflies in + Posesivo + stomach.
    * ponerse por las nubes = go + ballistic.
    * ponerse rígido = stiffen.
    * ponerse rojo = get + red in the face, go + bright red.
    * ponerse rojo como un tomate = go + bright red.
    * ponerse seriamente a = settle to.
    * ponerse tenso = tense up, stress + Nombre + out.
    * ponerse tibio = pig out (on).
    * ponerse una tarea = set + Reflexivo + task.
    * poner sobre aviso = alert to.
    * poner término a = put + paid to.
    * poner toda la carne en el asador = go for + broke, shoot (for) + the moon, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner todo de + Posesivo + parte = give + Posesivo + best, do + Posesivo + best, give + Posesivo + utmost.
    * poner todo patas arriba = turn + everything upside down.
    * poner todos los huevos en una canasta = put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket, put + all (of) + Posesivo + eggs in one basket.
    * poner trabas = cramp.
    * poner una bomba = plant + bomb.
    * poner una demanda = face + legal action.
    * poner una denuncia = file + police report.
    * poner una marca de comprobación = check-mark.
    * poner una nota en un sitio público = post.
    * poner una reclamación = appeal.
    * poner una señal = put up + a sign, put up + a notice.
    * poner una señal de aviso = post + a warning, post + a warning sign.
    * poner una tienda = pitch + tent.
    * poner un círculo alrededor = circle.
    * poner un ejemplo = take + an example, draw + example.
    * poner un letrero = put up + a sign, post + a notice, put up + a notice.
    * poner un pie = set + foot (inside/in/on).
    * poner un poquito de picante = pep up.
    * poner un precio a Algo muy alto = overprice.
    * poner verde = mouth off, get + the rough edge of + Posesivo + tongue, trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, slate, rubbish.
    * poner vertical = stand + upright, upend.
    * poner y quitar = get on and off.
    * pongamos el caso de que = for the sake of + argument.
    * pongamos, por ejemplo,... = let us say, take, for example,..., take, for instance,....
    * por poner un ejemplo + Adjetivo = to take a + Adjetivo + example.
    * por poner un ejemplo sobre + Nombre = to take + Nombre.
    * precio + ponerse por las nubes = price + go through the roof, price + spiral out of control, price + soar through the roof.
    * precios + ponerse por las nubes = prices + spiral.
    * que pone la vida en peligro = life threatening.
    * que pone obstáculos = obstructive.
    * quita o pon = give or take.
    * sin poner en duda la veracidad de Algo temporalmente = suspension of disbelief.
    * sin poner en escena = unproduced.
    * sin ponerlo en duda = uncritically.
    * sin ponerse en duda = unquestioned.
    * sólo con la ropa interior puesta = in + Posesivo + underclothes.
    * sol + ponerse (por) = sun + set (on).
    * volver a ponerse al día = be back on track, be on track.
    * ya lo quitas, ya lo pones = burn-'em-down-build-'em-up.

    * * *
    poner [ E22 ]
    ■ poner (verbo transitivo)
    A
    1 colocar
    2 poner: anuncio, aviso
    B agregar
    C ropa, calzado etc
    D ‹inyección/supositorio›
    E poner la mesa
    F
    1 instalar, montar
    2 poner: cocina, teléfono etc
    3 poner: cerradura etc
    G poner: huevos
    H servir, dar
    A
    1 contribuir
    2 proporcionar
    B poner: atención, cuidado
    C
    1 imponer
    2 oponer
    3 adjudicar
    D poner: nombre
    E enviar
    F escribir
    G
    1 expresar por escrito
    2 impersonal
    H exhibir, dar
    I tardar
    A en un estado, una situación
    B poner: cara, voz, etc
    C
    1 hacer empezar
    2 poner a alguien de algo
    D suponer
    A
    1 conectar, encender
    2 ajustar, graduar
    B poner al teléfono
    ■ poner (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 apostar
    2 contribuir dinero
    B poner: gallinas
    C México: vulg
    ■ ponerse (verbo pronominal)
    A
    1 colocarse
    2 llegar
    B ponerse: el sol
    C ponerse: calzado etc
    A en un estado, una situación
    B
    1 empezar
    2 esforzarse, esmerarse
    3 contribuir dinero
    Sentido III ponerse al teléfono
    vt
    A
    1 (colocar) to put
    ¿dónde habré puesto las llaves? where can I have put the keys?
    ¿dónde vas a poner este cuadro? where are you going to put o hang this picture?
    pon ese cuadro derecho put that picture straight, straighten that picture
    lo pusieron en el curso avanzado he was put o placed in the advanced class
    ponle la cadena a la puerta put the chain on the door
    pon agua a calentar put some water on to boil
    2 ‹anuncio/aviso› to place, put
    pusieron un anuncio en el periódico they put o placed an advertisement in the newspaper
    B (agregar) to put
    ¿cuándo se le pone el agua? when do you put the water in?, when do you add the water?
    ¿le has puesto sal a la sopa? have you put any salt in the soup?
    ¿le pones azúcar al café? do you take sugar in your coffee?
    C ‹ropa/calzado› (+ me/te/le etc):
    ¿me pones los zapatos? can you put my shoes on (for me)?
    le puse el vestido rojo I dressed her in her red dress
    D ‹inyección/supositorio› to give
    el dentista le puso una inyección the dentist gave him an injection
    E
    poner la mesa to lay o set the table
    F
    1 (instalar, montar) ‹oficina/restaurante› to open
    puso un estudio junto con otra arquitecta she set up in business with another architect
    consiguió permiso para poner una autoescuela he got permission to open a driving school
    les ayudó a poner la casa he helped them set up house o home
    pusieron la casa/oficina a todo lujo they furnished the house/fitted the office out in style
    le puso un apartamento a su amante he set his mistress up in an apartment
    2 ‹cocina/teléfono/calefacción› to install
    van a poner cocinas de gas they are going to install o fit gas cookers
    3 ‹cerradura/armario› to fit
    G «ave» ‹huevos› to lay
    H
    ( Esp) (servir, dar): ¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?
    póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please
    ¿cuántos le pongo, señora? how many would you like, madam?
    A
    1 (contribuir):
    él pone el capital y yo el trabajo he puts up the capital and I supply the labor
    pusimos 500 pesos cada uno we put in 500 pesos each
    que cada uno ponga lo que pueda each person should give what he or she can afford
    2 (proporcionar) ‹autobús/tren› to lay on
    la empresa puso la comida y la bebida food and drink was laid on by the company
    B ‹atención› to pay; ‹cuidado› to take
    pon más atención en lo que estás haciendo pay more attention to what you're doing
    no ha puesto ningún cuidado en este trabajo she hasn't taken any care at all over this piece of work
    pone mucho entusiasmo en todo lo que hace he's very enthusiastic about everything he does, he puts a lot of enthusiasm into everything he does
    C
    1 (imponer) ‹deberes› to give, set; ‹examen› to set
    nos pusieron 20 preguntas we were given o set 20 questions
    2
    (oponer): no me puso ningún inconveniente he didn't have o raise any objections
    a todo le tiene que poner peros or pegas she finds fault with everything
    3 (adjudicar) ‹nota› to give
    ¿qué (nota) te puso en la redacción? what (mark) did he give you for your essay?
    le pusieron un cero he got nought out of ten
    D (dar) ‹nombre/apodo› to give
    ¡qué nombre más feo le pusieron! what a horrible name to give him!
    le pusieron Eva they called her Eva
    ¿qué título le vas a poner al poema? what title are you going to give the poem?, what are you going to call the poem?
    le pusieron el sobrenombre de `el cojo' they nicknamed him `el cojo'
    E (enviar) ‹telegrama› to send; ‹carta› to mail ( AmE), to post ( BrE)
    F (escribir) to put
    no has puesto ningún acento you haven't put any of the accents in
    no sé qué más ponerle I don't know what else to put o write
    puso mi nombre en la lista she put my name down on the list
    G ( esp Esp)
    el periódico no pone nada sobre el robo the newspaper doesn't say anything about the robbery
    mira a ver lo que pone en esa nota see what that note says
    allí pone que no se puede pasar it says there that you can't go in
    ¿qué pone aquí? what does it say here?, what does this say?
    H ( Esp) (exhibir, dar)
    ‹obra/película› ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?
    ¿qué ponen en el Trocadero? what's on o what's showing at the Trocadero?
    en el teatro ponen una obra de Casares there's a play by Casares on at the theater
    no pusieron ninguna película buena en Navidad there wasn't a single good film on over Christmas, they didn't show a single good film over Christmas
    I ( RPl) (tardar) to take
    el avión pone media hora de Montevideo a Buenos Aires the plane takes half an hour from Montevideo to Buenos Aires
    de allí a Salta pusimos tres horas it took us three hours from there to Salta
    A (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):
    me pones nerviosa you're making me nervous
    ya la has puesto de mal humor now you've put her in a bad mood
    ¿por qué me pusiste en evidencia así? why did you show me up like that?
    lo pusiste en un aprieto you put him in an awkward position
    nos puso al corriente de lo sucedido he brought us up to date with what had happened
    ¡mira cómo has puesto la alfombra! look at the mess you've made on the carpet!
    me estás poniendo las cosas muy difíciles you're making things very difficult for me
    B (adoptar) ‹cara/voz›
    no pongas esa cara there's no need to look like that
    puso cara de enfado he looked annoyed
    puso voz de asustado he sounded scared
    C
    1
    (hacer empezar): el médico me puso a régimen the doctor put me on a diet
    poner a algn A + INF:
    tuvo que poner a las hijas a trabajar he had to send his daughters out to work
    lo puso a estudiar guitarra con Rodríguez she sent him to have guitar lessons with Rodríguez
    lo puso a pelar cebollas she set him to work peeling onions
    2 poner a algn DE algo:
    la pusieron de jefa de sección they made her head of department
    lo pusieron de ángel he was given a part as an angel, he was given the part of an angel
    su padre lo puso de botones en la oficina his father gave him a job as an office boy
    siempre te pone de ejemplo he always holds you up as an example
    D
    (suponer): pon que perdemos ese tren, no podríamos volver say we miss that train o if we (were to) miss that train, then we wouldn't be able to get back
    pon que es cierto ¿qué harías entonces? say o suppose o supposing it is true, then what would you do?
    pongamos (por caso) que están equivocados suppose o let's just say they're wrong
    ponerle ( AmL): ¿cuánto se tarda? — ponle dos horas how long does it take? — about two hours o in the region of two hours o reckon on two hours
    ¿cuánto nos costará? — y … pónganle alrededor de $200 how much will it cost us? — well, … you'd better reckon on about $200
    A
    1 (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción› to turn o switch o put on; ‹programa/canal› to put on
    pon un disco put on a record
    puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine
    todavía no nos han puesto la luz we haven't had our electricity connected yet
    2
    (ajustar, graduar): pon el despertador a las siete set the alarm (clock) for seven
    ¿puedes poner la música un poco más alta? can you turn the music up a bit?
    puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right, she set the clock to the right time
    poner el motor a punto to tune up the engine
    B
    ( Esp) (al teléfono): en seguida le pongo I'm just putting you through o connecting you
    poner a algn CON algn/algo to put sb THROUGH TO sb/sth
    ¿me puede poner con el director, por favor? could you put me through to o could I speak to the director, please?
    ¿me pone con la extensión 24? could you put me through to o can I have extension 24, please?
    ■ poner
    vi
    A
    1 ( Jueg) (apostar) to put in
    2 (contribuir dinero) to contribute
    ¿vas a poner para el regalo de Pilar? are you going to give something o contribute toward(s) Pilar's present?
    B «gallina» to lay
    C ( Méx vulg) (copular) to score (sl)
    A
    1 ( refl)
    (colocarse): pongámonos un rato a la sombra let's sit ( o lie etc) in the shade for a while
    ponerse de pie to stand up, stand
    ponerse de rodillas to kneel, kneel down, get down on one's knees
    ponte ahí, junto al árbol stand over there, by the tree
    ponérsele a algn algo ( AmL fam): se le puso que tenía que escalar la montaña he got it into his head that he had to climb the mountain
    a ese viejo se le pone cada cosa that old man gets the strangest ideas into his head
    2
    ( Esp) (llegar): en diez minutos nos ponemos allí we can be there in ten minutes
    B «sol» to set
    C ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja› to put on
    ponte el abrigo put your coat on
    no tengo nada que ponerme I don't have a thing to wear
    mi hermano siempre se pone mi ropa my brother is always borrowing my clothes
    ponte un poco de sombra de ojos put on a little eyeshadow
    me puse el collar de perlas I wore o put on my pearl necklace
    A (en un estado, una situación) (+ compl):
    me puse furiosa I got very angry
    cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it
    adelante, pónganse cómodos come in, make yourselves comfortable
    no te pongas así, que no es para tanto don't get so worked up, it's not that bad
    ¡mira cómo te has puesto de barro! just look at you, you're covered in mud!
    no te imaginas cómo se puso, hecha una fiera you wouldn't believe the way she reacted, she went absolutely wild
    la vida se está poniendo carísima everything's getting so expensive
    B
    1 (empezar) ponerse A + INF to start -ING
    se va a poner a llover de un momento a otro it's going to start raining o to start to rain any minute
    a ver si te pones a trabajar you'd better start working
    se puso a llorar sin motivo aparente she started crying o to cry for no apparent reason
    2 ( fam) (esforzarse, esmerarse) to try, make an effort
    si te pones lo acabas hoy mismo if you make an effort o if you try o if you put your mind to it, you'll finish it today
    3
    (CS arg) (contribuir dinero): cuando se casaron el viejo se puso con $5.000 when they got married, her old man shelled out $5,000 ( colloq)
    cuando llega la cuenta hay que ponerse when the check comes, everyone has to cough up ( colloq)
    yo me pongo con cien I'll put in o chip in a hundred ( colloq)
    ( Esp) (al teléfono): ¿Pepe? sí, ahora se pone Pepe? OK, I'll just get him for you
    dile a tu madre que se ponga tell your mother I want to speak to her, ask your mother to come to the phone
    * * *

     

    poner ( conjugate poner) verbo transitivo
    1


    ponle el collar al perro put the dog's collar on;
    poner una bomba to plant a bomb
    b)anuncio/aviso to place, put

    c) ropa› (+ me/te/le etc):


    2 ( agregar) to put
    3inyección/supositorio to give
    4
    poner la mesa to lay o set the table

    5 (instalar, montar)
    a)oficina/restaurante to open

    b)cocina/teléfono/calefacción to install

    c)cerradura/armario to fit

    6 [ ave] ‹ huevo to lay
    7 (Esp) (servir, dar):
    póngame un café, por favor I'll have a coffee, please;

    ¿cuántos le pongo? how many would you like?
    1 dinero› ( contribuir) to put in;

    2 atención to pay;
    cuidado/interés to take;

    3
    a) ( imponer) ‹ deberes to give, set;

    examen/problema to set;



    c) ( adjudicar) ‹ nota to give

    4 ( dar) ‹nombre/apodo to give;
    ejemplo to give;

    5 ( enviar) ‹ telegrama to send
    6 ( escribir) ‹dedicatoria/líneas to write
    7 (Esp) (exhibir, dar) ‹ película to show;
    ¿ponen algo interesante en la tele? is there anything interesting on TV?;

    ¿qué ponen en el Royal? what's on o what's showing at the Royal?
    1
    a) (conectar, encender) ‹televisión/calefacción to turn on, switch on, put on;

    programa/canal to put on;
    cinta/disco/música to put on;
    puso el motor en marcha she switched on o started the engine

    b) (ajustar, graduar) ‹ despertador to set;


    puso el reloj en hora she put the clock right
    2 (Esp) ( al teléfono): poner a algn con algo/algn to put sb through to sth/sb
    (en estado, situación) (+ compl):

    poner a algn en un aprieto to put sb in an awkward position
    vi [ ave] to lay
    ponerse verbo pronominal
    1 ( refl) ( colocarse):
    pongámonos ahí let's stand (o sit etc) there;

    ponerse de pie to stand (up);
    ponerse de rodillas to kneel (down), get down on one's knees
    2 [ sol] to set
    3 ( refl) ‹calzado/maquillaje/alhaja to put on;

    1 (en estado, situación) (+ compl):

    se puso triste she became sad;
    cuando lo vio se puso muy contenta she was so happy when she saw it;
    se puso como loco he went mad;
    ponerse cómodo to make oneself comfortable
    2 ( empezar) ponerse a + inf to start -ing, to start + inf;

    (Esp):

    poner verbo transitivo
    1 (en un lugar, una situación) to put: me puso en un aprieto, he put me in a tight corner
    (seguido de adjetivo) to make: me pone contento, he makes me happy
    2 (hacer funcionar) to turn o switch on
    3 (un fax, telegrama) to send
    poner una conferencia, to make a long-distance call
    4 (una multa, un castigo) to impose
    5 (abrir un negocio) to set up
    6 (vestir) to put on
    7 (exponer) tienes que poner la planta al sol/a la sombra, you have to put the plant in the sun/shade
    8 (aportar) yo puse mil pesetas, I contributed a thousand pesetas
    9 (conjeturar, imaginar) to suppose: pongamos que..., supposing (that)...
    10 (estar escrito) lo pone aquí, it's written here
    no pone nada de eso, it doesn't say anything about that
    11 TV Cine to put on, show
    12 Tel ponme con él, put me through to him
    13 (un nombre) le pondremos Tadeo, we are going to call him Tadeo
    ya le puso título a la novela, he has already given the novel a title
    ♦ Locuciones: poner a alguien a caldo, to pull sb to pieces
    poner a cien, to make sb nervous: me pone a cien cuando habla de ese modo, when he talks that way I get nervous
    poner en duda, to call into question: los inversores pusieron su competencia en duda, the investors questioned his competence
    poner a alguien en evidencia, to show sb up
    poner en evidencia, to show up: la situación pone en evidencia la falta de justicia del sistema, the situation exposes the system's unfairness
    poner a alguien en su sitio, to put sb in his place
    ' poner' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    activar
    - alinear
    - alta
    - alto
    - altura
    - antecedente
    - antena
    - arreglar
    - arrinconar
    - aunar
    - bandeja
    - brete
    - cabeza
    - calzar
    - caldo
    - calle
    - cara
    - cargar
    - carta
    - caso
    - cien
    - codificar
    - comprometer
    - confiar
    - coto
    - crecer
    - cuenco
    - cuestión
    - dejar
    - denuncia
    - depositar
    - descomponer
    - descubierta
    - descubierto
    - desesperar
    - diente
    - dirigir
    - discutir
    - distribuir
    - enchufar
    - enderezar
    - enervar
    - enfermar
    - enfrentar
    - enmascarar
    - entregar
    - entregarse
    - escenificar
    - escobilla
    - esmerarse
    English:
    acquaint
    - action
    - apply
    - arm
    - arrange
    - aside
    - best
    - blur
    - bond
    - box
    - bracket
    - bundle
    - bung
    - cap
    - cast
    - cheek
    - claim
    - code
    - collect
    - compromise
    - connect
    - cork
    - crack
    - cross
    - crown
    - curb
    - date
    - dip
    - discomfit
    - dishwasher
    - egg
    - end
    - endanger
    - excite
    - face
    - fault
    - feature
    - fetter
    - fill in
    - fit
    - fluster
    - follow up
    - forewarn
    - free
    - gather
    - get
    - glaze
    - go
    - gown
    - grin
    * * *
    vt
    1. [situar, agregar, meter] to put;
    me pusieron en la última fila I was put in the back row;
    ponle un poco más de sal put some more salt in it, add a bit of salt to it;
    pon los juguetes en el armario put the toys (away) in the cupboard;
    ¿dónde habré puesto la calculadora? where can I have put o left the calculator?;
    poner un anuncio en el periódico to put an advert in the paper;
    poner un póster en la pared to put a poster up on the wall;
    poner una inyección a alguien to give sb an injection;
    hubo que ponerle un bozal al perro we had to put a muzzle on the dog, we had to muzzle the dog
    2. [ropa, zapatos, maquillaje]
    poner algo a alguien to put sth on sb;
    ponle este pañal al bebé put this Br nappy o US diaper on the baby
    3. [servir]
    ¿qué le pongo? what can I get you?, what would you like?;
    póngame una cerveza, por favor I'd like o I'll have a beer, please;
    ¿cuánto le pongo? how much would you like?;
    póngame un kilo give me a kilo
    4. [contribuir, aportar] to put in;
    poner dinero en el negocio to put money into the business;
    poner algo de mi/tu/ etc[m5]. parte to do my/your/ etc bit;
    poner mucho empeño en (hacer) algo to put a lot of effort into (doing) sth;
    pon atención en lo que digo pay attention to what I'm saying;
    hay que poner más cuidado con o [m5] en la ortografía you have to take more care over your spelling
    5. [hacer estar de cierta manera]
    poner a alguien en un aprieto/de mal humor to put sb in a difficult position/in a bad mood;
    le has puesto colorado/nervioso you've made him blush/feel nervous;
    ponérselo fácil/difícil a alguien to make things easy/difficult for sb;
    lo puso todo perdido she made a real mess;
    el profesor nos puso a hacer cuentas the teacher gave us some sums to do;
    llegó y nos puso a todos a trabajar she arrived and set us all to work;
    pon la sopa a calentar warm the soup up;
    me pusieron de aprendiz de camarero they had me work as a trainee waiter;
    poner cara de tonto/inocente to put on a stupid/an innocent face
    6. [calificar]
    poner a alguien de algo to call sb sth;
    me pusieron de mentiroso they called me a liar;
    poner bien algo/a alguien to praise sth/sb;
    poner mal algo/a alguien to criticize sth/sb
    7. [oponer]
    poner obstáculos a algo to hinder sth;
    poner pegas a algo to raise objections to sth
    8. [asignar] [precio] to fix, to settle on;
    [multa] to give; [deberes, examen, tarea] to give, to set;
    le pusieron (de nombre) Mario they called him Mario;
    me han puesto (en el turno) de noche I've been assigned to the night shift, they've put me on the night shift;
    le pusieron un cinco en el examen he got five out of ten in the exam
    9. [comunicar] [telegrama, fax, giro postal] to send;
    [conferencia] to make; Esp
    ¿me pones con él? can you put me through to him?;
    Esp
    no cuelgue, ahora le pongo don't hang up, I'll put you through in a second
    10. [conectar, hacer funcionar] [televisión, radio] to switch o put on;
    [despertador] to set; [instalación, gas] to put in; [música, cinta, disco] to put on;
    pon la lavadora put the washing machine on;
    pon el telediario put the news on;
    puse el despertador a las seis/el reloj en hora I set my alarm clock for six o'clock/my watch to the right time;
    ¿te han puesto ya el teléfono? are you on the phone yet?, have they connected your phone yet?;
    ponlo más alto, que no se oye turn it up, I can't hear it
    11. [en el cine, el teatro, la televisión] to show;
    anoche pusieron un documental muy interesante last night they showed a very interesting documentary;
    ¿qué ponen en la tele/en el Rialto? what's on the TV/on at the Rialto?;
    en el Rialto ponen una de Stallone there's a Stallone movie on at the Rialto
    12. [montar] to set up;
    poner la casa to set up home;
    poner un negocio to start a business;
    ha puesto una tienda she has opened a shop;
    han puesto una cocina nueva they've had a new Br cooker o US stove put in;
    hemos puesto moqueta en el salón we've had a carpet fitted in the living-room;
    poner la mesa to lay the table;
    pusieron la tienda (de campaña) en un prado they pitched their tent o put their tent up in a meadow
    13. [decorar] to do up;
    han puesto su casa con mucho lujo they've done up their house in real style
    14. [suponer] to suppose;
    pongamos que sucedió así (let's) suppose that's what happened;
    pon que necesitemos cinco días suppose we need five days;
    poniendo que todo salga bien assuming everything goes according to plan;
    ¿cuándo estará listo? – ponle que en dos días when will it be ready? – reckon on it taking two days
    15. Esp [decir] to say;
    ¿qué pone ahí? what does it say there?
    16. [escribir] to put;
    ¿qué pusiste en la segunda pregunta? what did you put for the second question?
    17. [huevo] to lay
    18. RP [demorar] to take;
    el tren pone media hora en llegar allá the train takes half an hour to get there
    19. Fam [excitar]
    esa actriz me pone that actress totally does it for me
    vi
    [gallina, aves] to lay (eggs)
    v impersonal
    Am Fam [parecer]
    se me pone que… it seems to me that…
    * * *
    <part puesto> v/t
    1 put;
    poner en marcha set in motion;
    pongamos que let’s suppose o assume that
    2 ropa put on
    3 ( añadir) put in
    4 RAD, TV turn on, switch on
    5 la mesa set
    6 ( escribir) put down
    7 en periódico, libro etc say;
    la crítica puso muy bien su última película the critics gave his last film very good reviews
    8 negocio set up
    9 telegrama send
    10 huevos lay
    11 AUTO marcha put the car in, move into
    12 dinero deposit
    13
    :
    poner a alguien furioso make s.o. angry;
    ponerle a alguien con alguien TELEC put s.o. through to s.o.;
    * * *
    poner {60} vt
    1) colocar: to put, to place
    pon el libro en la mesa: put the book on the table
    2) agregar, añadir: to put in, to add
    3) : to put on (clothes)
    4) contribuir: to contribute
    5) escribir: to put in writing
    no le puso su nombre: he didn't put his name on it
    6) imponer: to set, to impose
    7) exponer: to put, to expose
    lo puso en peligro: she put him in danger
    8) : to prepare, to arrange
    poner la mesa: to set the table
    9) : to name
    le pusimos Ana: we called her Ana
    10) establecer: to set up, to establish
    puso un restaurante: he opened up a restaurant
    11) instalar: to install, to put in
    siempre lo pones de mal humor: you always put him in a bad mood
    13) : to turn on, to switch on
    14) suponer: to suppose
    pongamos que no viene: supposing he doesn't come
    15) : to lay (eggs)
    poner a : to start (someone doing something)
    lo puse a trabajar: I put him to work
    poner de : to place as
    la pusieron de directora: they made her director
    poner en : to put in (a state or condition)
    poner en duda: to call into question
    poner vi
    1) : to contribute
    2) : to lay eggs
    * * *
    poner vb
    1. (colocar) to put [pt. & pp. put]
    2. (ropa, etc) to put on
    3. (añadir) to put
    ¿le has puesto sal a las patatas? have you put any salt on the potatoes?
    ¿te pones azúcar? do you take sugar?
    4. (escribir) to write [pt. wrote; pp. written] / to put
    5. (programar) to set [pt. & pp. set]
    6. (encender) to put on / to turn on / to switch on
    7. (establecer) to open
    8. (enviar) to send [pt. & pp. sent]
    9. (comunicar) to put through
    ¿me pones con Asunción, por favor? can you put me through to Asunción, please?
    10. (decir) to say [pt. & pp. said]
    11. (proyectar) to be on
    ¿qué ponen en el Renoir? what's on at the Renoir?
    12. (dar un nombre) to call
    13. (imponer) to give [pt. gave; pp. given]
    14. (servir) to give
    ¿qué te pongo? what can I get you?
    ¿me pone un kilo de tomates? can I have a kilo of tomatoes, please?
    15. (aportar) to supply [pt. & pp. supplied] / to put in
    16. (suponer) to suppose / to say [pt. & pp. said]
    pongamos por caso... suppose... / let's say...
    poner huevos to lay eggs [pt. & pp. laid]

    Spanish-English dictionary > poner

  • 18 terminar

    v.
    1 to end, to finish.
    terminamos el viaje en San Francisco we ended our journey in San Francisco
    ¿cómo termina la historia? how does the story end o finish?
    terminar con to put an end to (pobreza, corrupción)
    terminar de hacer algo to finish doing something
    Ella termina la obra She finishes the play.
    Ya terminé I already finished
    La película acabó The film finished.
    María terminó a Ricardo Mary finished=ruined Richard.
    2 to finish, to split up.
    ¡hemos terminado! it's over!
    3 to finish off, to complete, to culminate, to end off.
    María terminó la gira Mary finished off the tour.
    4 to end up, to wind up, to end up by.
    María terminó pintando Mary ended up painting.
    María terminó muy cansada Mary ended up all in.
    5 to break up.
    * * *
    1 (acabar) to finish, complete
    2 (dar fin) to end
    1 (acabar) to finish, end
    2 (acabar de) to have just (de, -)
    3 (final de una acción, de un estado) to end up
    4 (eliminar) to put an end ( con, to)
    5 (estropear) to damage ( con, -), ruin ( con, -)
    6 (reñir) to break up ( con, with)
    7 (enfermedad) to come to the final stage
    1 (acabarse) to finish, end, be over
    2 (agotarse) to run out
    \
    terminar bien to have a happy ending
    terminar mal (historia) to have an unhappy ending 2 (personas - relación) to end up on bad terms 3 (- destino) to come to a sticky end
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1.
    2. VI
    1) [persona]
    a) [en una acción, un trabajo] to finish

    ¿todavía no has terminado? — haven't you finished yet?

    ¿quieres dejar que termine? — would you mind letting me finish?

    terminar de hacer algo — to finish doing sth, stop doing sth

    terminó de llenar el vaso con heladohe topped o filled the glass up with ice-cream

    no termino de entender por qué lo hizo — I just can't understand why she did it

    no me cae mal, pero no termina de convencerme — I don't dislike him, but I'm not too sure about him

    b) [de una forma determinada] to end up

    terminó diciendo que... — he ended by saying that...

    c)

    terminar con, han terminado con todas las provisiones — they've finished off all the supplies

    he terminado con AndrésI've broken up with o finished with Andrés

    ¡estos niños van a terminar conmigo! — these children will be the death of me!

    d)

    terminar por hacer algo — to end up doing sth

    2) [obra, acto] to end

    ¿cómo termina la película? — how does the film end?

    ¿a qué hora termina la clase? — what time does the class finish o end?

    3) [objeto, palabra]

    terminar en algo — to end in sth

    termina en vocalit ends in o with a vowel

    4) (Inform) to quit
    3.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo <trabajo/estudio> to finish; <casa/obras> to finish, complete

    dar por terminado algo<discusión/conflicto> to put an end to something

    2.
    a) ( de hacer algo) to finish

    terminar DE + INF — to finish -ing

    b) (en estado, situación) to end up

    terminar DE algo: terminó de camarero he ended up (working) as a waiter; terminar + GER or terminar POR + INF to end up -ing; terminó marchándose or por marcharse — he ended up leaving

    2)
    a) reunión/situación to end, come to an end

    y para terminar nos sirvieron... — and to finish we had...

    b) ( rematar)
    a) (acabar, consumir)

    terminar con algo<con libro/tarea> to finish with something; <con problema/abuso> to put an end to something

    b)

    terminar con alguien — ( pelearse) to finish with somebody; ( destruir) to kill somebody

    4) ( llegar a)

    terminar DE + INF: no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced; no terminaba de gustarle — she wasn't totally happy about it

    3.
    terminarse v pron
    1) azúcar/pan to run out; (+ me/te/le etc)
    2) curso/reunión to come to an end, be over
    3) (enf) <libro/comida> to finish, polish off
    * * *
    = be over, cease, conclude, discontinue, end, end up, exit, quit, see through + to its completion, terminate, finish up, break up, finish, wind up (in/at), get through, call it quits, carry through to + completion, finish off, top + Nombre + off, wind down, close + the book on.
    Ex. Alternatively, the loan policy may be changed to make documents due when the vacation is over.
    Ex. After collection has ceased (because a point of diminishing returns appears to have been reached), the cards must be put into groups of 'like' terms.
    Ex. Thus chapter 21 concludes with a number of special rules.
    Ex. Systems like OCLC are going from classical catalogs in the direction of online catalogs, and at least one institution on the OCLC system has discontinued adding cards to its catalog.
    Ex. Each field also ends with a special delimiter, which signals the end of the fields.
    Ex. But if you have a certain feeling about language, then language ends up becoming very, very important.
    Ex. Enter the lesson number you wish, or press the letter 'X' to exit the tutorial.
    Ex. If you decide not to send or save the message, replace the question mark in front of ' Quit' with another character.
    Ex. I would like to thank all those who at various times throughout the course of the project assisted so ably in seeing the work through to its completion.
    Ex. An SDI profile can be terminated at any future time by the commands.
    Ex. In trying to get the best of both worlds, we may have finished up with the worst.
    Ex. Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.
    Ex. Activities can be plotted to allow the librarian to determine the most expeditious route that can be taken to finish the event.
    Ex. Besides, winding up in an exclusive arrangement with a distributor that has rotten customer service ruins any advantage.
    Ex. Some children cannot get through a longer story or novel in less time.
    Ex. 'Professional people don't live by the clock: you wouldn't tell a doctor or a lawyer that he couldn't make a decision to call it quits on a particular day'.
    Ex. The author discusses the development process which began with a concept, continued with the formulation of objectives, and has been carried through to completion.
    Ex. His statement is a serious threat to the cooperative sector and was aimed at finishing off the movement.
    Ex. Top it off with spicy yacamole and it's worth the nosh.
    Ex. As President Bush's second term winds down, this is no time for him to be making trouble for his successor.
    Ex. Obama, who tries to steer clear of the political thicket of race and politics, accepted the apology and said he wanted to close the book on the episode.
    ----
    * estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.
    * estar terminándose = be on + Posesivo + last legs, be on the way out.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * para terminar = in closing.
    * sin terminar = unfinished.
    * terminar con Algo = be done with it.
    * terminar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.
    * terminar con una nota de optimismo = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * terminar con un broche de oro = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * terminar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * terminar de + Infinitivo = complete + Gerundio.
    * terminar de trabajar = clock off + work.
    * terminar en empate = end in + a draw, result in + a draw.
    * terminar en un tono + Adjetivo = end on + a + Adjetivo + note.
    * terminar formando parte de = find + Posesivo + way into/onto.
    * terminar la jornada laboral = clock off + work.
    * terminar los estudios = graduate.
    * terminar mal = come to + a bad end.
    * terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.
    * terminar repentinamente = come to + a swift end, come to + an abrupt end.
    * terminarse = draw to + a close, run + short (of), be gone, come to + an end, draw to + an end, be all gone.
    * terminarse el tiempo = time + run out.
    * terminarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.
    * terminar turno de trabajo = come off + duty.
    * terminar un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo <trabajo/estudio> to finish; <casa/obras> to finish, complete

    dar por terminado algo<discusión/conflicto> to put an end to something

    2.
    a) ( de hacer algo) to finish

    terminar DE + INF — to finish -ing

    b) (en estado, situación) to end up

    terminar DE algo: terminó de camarero he ended up (working) as a waiter; terminar + GER or terminar POR + INF to end up -ing; terminó marchándose or por marcharse — he ended up leaving

    2)
    a) reunión/situación to end, come to an end

    y para terminar nos sirvieron... — and to finish we had...

    b) ( rematar)
    a) (acabar, consumir)

    terminar con algo<con libro/tarea> to finish with something; <con problema/abuso> to put an end to something

    b)

    terminar con alguien — ( pelearse) to finish with somebody; ( destruir) to kill somebody

    4) ( llegar a)

    terminar DE + INF: no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced; no terminaba de gustarle — she wasn't totally happy about it

    3.
    terminarse v pron
    1) azúcar/pan to run out; (+ me/te/le etc)
    2) curso/reunión to come to an end, be over
    3) (enf) <libro/comida> to finish, polish off
    * * *
    = be over, cease, conclude, discontinue, end, end up, exit, quit, see through + to its completion, terminate, finish up, break up, finish, wind up (in/at), get through, call it quits, carry through to + completion, finish off, top + Nombre + off, wind down, close + the book on.

    Ex: Alternatively, the loan policy may be changed to make documents due when the vacation is over.

    Ex: After collection has ceased (because a point of diminishing returns appears to have been reached), the cards must be put into groups of 'like' terms.
    Ex: Thus chapter 21 concludes with a number of special rules.
    Ex: Systems like OCLC are going from classical catalogs in the direction of online catalogs, and at least one institution on the OCLC system has discontinued adding cards to its catalog.
    Ex: Each field also ends with a special delimiter, which signals the end of the fields.
    Ex: But if you have a certain feeling about language, then language ends up becoming very, very important.
    Ex: Enter the lesson number you wish, or press the letter 'X' to exit the tutorial.
    Ex: If you decide not to send or save the message, replace the question mark in front of ' Quit' with another character.
    Ex: I would like to thank all those who at various times throughout the course of the project assisted so ably in seeing the work through to its completion.
    Ex: An SDI profile can be terminated at any future time by the commands.
    Ex: In trying to get the best of both worlds, we may have finished up with the worst.
    Ex: Tom Hernandez tried not to show how sad he felt about his friends' leaving, and managed to keep up a cheerful facade until the party broke up.
    Ex: Activities can be plotted to allow the librarian to determine the most expeditious route that can be taken to finish the event.
    Ex: Besides, winding up in an exclusive arrangement with a distributor that has rotten customer service ruins any advantage.
    Ex: Some children cannot get through a longer story or novel in less time.
    Ex: 'Professional people don't live by the clock: you wouldn't tell a doctor or a lawyer that he couldn't make a decision to call it quits on a particular day'.
    Ex: The author discusses the development process which began with a concept, continued with the formulation of objectives, and has been carried through to completion.
    Ex: His statement is a serious threat to the cooperative sector and was aimed at finishing off the movement.
    Ex: Top it off with spicy yacamole and it's worth the nosh.
    Ex: As President Bush's second term winds down, this is no time for him to be making trouble for his successor.
    Ex: Obama, who tries to steer clear of the political thicket of race and politics, accepted the apology and said he wanted to close the book on the episode.
    * estar casi terminado = be nearing completion, reach + near completion.
    * estar terminándose = be on + Posesivo + last legs, be on the way out.
    * no terminar nunca de tener problemas con = have + no end of problems with.
    * para terminar = in closing.
    * sin terminar = unfinished.
    * terminar con Algo = be done with it.
    * terminar con mejor cara = end up on + a high note.
    * terminar con una nota de optimismo = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * terminar con un broche de oro = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * terminar de forma positiva = end + Nombre + on a high (note).
    * terminar de + Infinitivo = complete + Gerundio.
    * terminar de trabajar = clock off + work.
    * terminar en empate = end in + a draw, result in + a draw.
    * terminar en un tono + Adjetivo = end on + a + Adjetivo + note.
    * terminar formando parte de = find + Posesivo + way into/onto.
    * terminar la jornada laboral = clock off + work.
    * terminar los estudios = graduate.
    * terminar mal = come to + a bad end.
    * terminar mejor de lo que + empezar = end up on + a high note.
    * terminar repentinamente = come to + a swift end, come to + an abrupt end.
    * terminarse = draw to + a close, run + short (of), be gone, come to + an end, draw to + an end, be all gone.
    * terminarse el tiempo = time + run out.
    * terminarse la (buena) suerte = run out of + luck, luck + run out.
    * terminar turno de trabajo = come off + duty.
    * terminar un embarazo = terminate + pregnancy.

    * * *
    terminar [A1 ]
    vt
    ‹trabajo/estudio› to finish
    ¿has terminado el libro que te presté? have you finished the book I lent you?
    no han terminado las obras they haven't finished o completed the work
    terminó el viaje en La Paz he ended his journey in La Paz, his journey finished in La Paz
    terminó sus días en Sicilia he ended his days in Sicily
    dieron por terminada la sesión they brought the session to a close
    este año no pudimos terminar el programa we didn't manage to get through o finish o complete the syllabus this year
    termina esa sopa inmediatamente finish up that soup at once
    puedes terminarlo, nosotros ya comimos you can finish it off, we've already had some
    terminala/termínenla ( RPl fam); stop it!, cut it out! ( colloq)
    ■ terminar
    vi
    A «persona»
    1 (de hacer algo) to finish
    termina de una vez hurry up and finish
    terminar DE + INF to finish -ING
    estoy terminando de leerlo I'm reading the last few pages, I'm coming to the end of it, I've nearly finished reading it
    déjame terminar de hablar let me finish (speaking)
    salió nada más terminar de comer he went out as soon as he'd finished eating
    2 (en un estado, una situación) to end up
    terminé muy cansada I ended up feeling very tired
    va a terminar mal he's going to come to a bad end
    terminar DE algo:
    terminó de camarero en Miami he ended up (working) as a waiter in Miami
    terminar + GER or terminar POR + INF to end up -ING
    terminará aceptando or por aceptar la oferta she'll end up accepting the offer, she'll accept the offer in the end
    B
    1 «reunión/situación» to end, come to an end
    al terminar la clase when the class ended, at the end of the class
    llegamos cuando todo había terminado we arrived when it was all over
    el caso terminó en los tribunales the case ended up in court
    esto va a terminar mal this is going to turn out o end badly
    la historia termina bien the story has a happy ending
    las huellas terminan aquí the tracks end o stop here
    y para terminar nos sirvieron un excelente coñac and to finish we had an excellent brandy
    2 (rematar) terminar EN algo to end IN sth
    palabras que terminan en consonante words that end in a consonant
    zapatos terminados en punta pointed shoes o shoes with pointed toes
    1
    (agotar, acabar): terminaron con todo lo que había en la nevera they polished off everything in the fridge
    terminó con su salud it ruined his health
    ocho años de cárcel terminaron con él eight years in prison destroyed him
    una solución que termine con el problema a solution that will put an end to the problem
    2 (pelearse) terminar CON algn to finish WITH sb
    ha terminado con el novio she's finished with o split up with her boyfriend
    D (llegar a) terminar DE + INF:
    no termina de convencerme I'm not totally convinced
    no terminaba de gustarle she wasn't totally happy about it
    A «azúcar/pan» to run out
    el café se ha terminado we've run out of coffee, the coffee's run out
    (+ me/te/le etc): se me terminó la lana azul I've run out of blue wool
    se nos han terminado, señora we've run out (of them), madam o we've sold out, madam
    B «curso/reunión» to come to an end, be over
    otro año que se termina another year comes to an end o another year is over
    se terminó la discusión, aquí el que manda soy yo that's the end of the argument, I'm in charge here
    C ( enf) ‹libro/comida› to finish, polish off
    * * *

     

    terminar ( conjugate terminar) verbo transitivotrabajo/estudio to finish;
    casa/obras to finish, complete;
    discusión/conflicto to put an end to;

    terminar la comida con un café to end the meal with a cup of coffee
    verbo intransitivo
    1 [ persona]

    terminar de hacer algo to finish doing sth;

    b) (en estado, situación) to end up;


    va a terminar mal he's going to come to a bad end;
    terminó marchándose or por marcharse he ended up leaving
    2
    a) [reunión/situación] to end, come to an end;


    esto va a terminar mal this is going to turn out o end badly
    b) ( rematar) terminar EN algo to end in sth;


    c) ( llegar a):


    no terminaba de gustarle she wasn't totally happy about it
    3

    a) ( acabar) terminar con algo ‹con libro/tarea› to finish with sth;

    con problema/abuso to put an end to sth
    b) terminar con algn ( pelearse) to finish with sb;

    ( matar) to kill sb
    terminarse verbo pronominal
    1 [azúcar/pan] to run out;

    2 [curso/reunión] to come to an end, be over
    3 ( enf) ‹libro/comida to finish, polish off
    terminar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (una tarea, objeto) to finish: ya terminó el jersey, she has already finished the pullover ➣ Ver nota en finish 2 (de comer, beber, gastar) to finish: te compraré otro cuando termines este frasco, I'll buy you another one when you finish this bottle
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 (cesar, poner fin) to finish, end: mi trabajo termina a las seis, I finish work at six o'clock
    no termina de creérselo, he still can't believe it
    (dejar de necesitar, utilizar) ¿has terminado con el ordenador?, have you finished with the computer?
    (acabar la vida, carrera, etc) to end up: terminó amargada, she ended up being embittered
    2 (eliminar, acabar) este niño terminará con mi paciencia, this boy is trying my patience
    tenemos que terminar con esta situación, we have to put an end to this situation
    3 (estar rematado) to end: termina en vocal, it ends with a vowel
    terminaba en punta, it had a pointed end
    ' terminar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    egresar
    - emplear
    - enterrar
    - fijarse
    - frenesí
    - gastar
    - parar
    - rematar
    - sin
    - ventilarse
    - zanjar
    - acabar
    - completar
    - concluir
    - faltar
    - hasta
    - medio
    - mucho
    - para
    - pelear
    - por
    - último
    English:
    break up
    - cease
    - charge off
    - clock
    - close
    - complete
    - cooperation
    - crop up
    - drink up
    - eat up
    - end
    - end up
    - expire
    - finish
    - finish off
    - finish up
    - finish with
    - get through
    - graduate
    - knock off
    - leeway
    - near
    - stop
    - time limit
    - vain
    - wind up
    - and
    - break
    - concentrate
    - conclude
    - draw
    - drink
    - eat
    - finished
    - get
    - leave
    - nowhere
    - round
    - see
    - undone
    - unfinished
    - wind
    * * *
    vt
    [acabar] to finish;
    termina la cerveza, que nos vamos finish your beer, we're going;
    terminamos el viaje en San Francisco we ended our journey in San Francisco;
    dar por terminado algo [discurso, reunión, discusión, visita] to bring sth to an end o a close;
    está sin terminar it isn't finished;
    RP Fam
    ¡terminala! that's enough!
    vi
    1. [acabar] to end, to finish;
    [tren, autobús, línea de metro] to stop, to terminate;
    ¿cómo termina la historia? how does the story end o finish?;
    todo ha terminado it's all over;
    deja que termine, déjame terminar [al hablar] let me finish;
    terminar con la pobreza/la corrupción to put an end to poverty/corruption;
    ¿has terminado con las tijeras? have o are you finished with the scissors?;
    han terminado con toda la leche que quedaba they've finished off o used up all the milk that was left;
    terminar con algo/alguien [arruinar, destruir] to destroy sth/sb;
    [matar] to kill sth/sb;
    terminar de hacer algo to finish doing sth;
    terminamos de desayunar a las nueve we finished having breakfast at nine;
    terminar en [objeto] to end in;
    termina en punta it ends in a point;
    las sílabas que terminan en vocal syllables that end in a vowel;
    para terminar, debo agradecer… [en discurso] finally, I would like to thank…
    2. [reñir] to finish, to split up ( con with);
    ¡hemos terminado! it's over!
    3. [en cierto estado o situación] to end up;
    terminamos de mal humor/un poco deprimidos we ended up in a bad mood/(feeling) rather depressed;
    terminó loco he ended up going mad;
    vas a terminar odiando la física you'll end up hating physics;
    este chico terminará mal this boy will come to a bad end;
    este asunto terminará mal no good will come of this matter;
    terminó de camarero/en la cárcel he ended up as a waiter/in jail;
    la discusión terminó en pelea the argument ended in a fight;
    terminar por hacer algo to end up doing sth
    4. [llegar a]
    no termino de entender lo que quieres decir I still can't quite understand what you mean;
    no terminábamos de ponernos de acuerdo we couldn't quite seem to come to an agreement;
    no termina de gustarme I'm not crazy about it
    * * *
    I v/t end, finish
    II v/i
    1 end, finish;
    terminar con algo/alguien finish with sth/s.o.;
    terminar de hacer algo finish doing sth
    2 ( parar) stop
    3
    :
    terminar por hacer algo end up doing sth
    * * *
    1) concluir: to end, to conclude
    2) acabar: to complete, to finish off
    1) : to finish
    2) : to stop, to end
    * * *
    1. (en general) to finish
    2. (al final) to end up

    Spanish-English dictionary > terminar

  • 19 कृत _kṛta

    कृत p. p. [कृ-क्त]
    1 Done, performed, made, effected accomplished, manufactured &c.; (p. p. of कृ 8. U. q. v.) ते करान् संप्रयच्छन्तु सुवर्णं च कृताकृतम् Mb.3.255.17; दिव्याः प्रसन्ना विविधाः सुराः कृतसुरा अपि Rām.5.11.22; natural and manufactured wines.
    -2 Wounded, hurt; सिद्ध्येत ते कृतमनोभवधर्षितायाः Bhāg.3.23.11.
    -3 Acquired, bought (a kind of son); Mb.13.49.4.
    -4 Cultivated; अकृतं च कृतात्क्षेत्राद् गौरजाविकमेव च Ms.1.114.
    -5 Appointed (as a duty); सो$पि यत्नेन संरक्ष्यो धर्मो राजकृतश्च यः Y.2.186.
    -6 Relating to, referring to; पतनीयकृते क्षेपे Y.2.21.
    -तम् 1 Work, deed, action; कृतं न वेत्ति Pt.1.424; un- grateful; Ms.7.197.
    -2 Service, benefit.
    -3 Conse- quence, result.
    -4 Aim, object.
    -5 N. of that side of a die which is marked with four points; this is lucky; cf. Vāj.3.18.
    -6 N. of the first of the four Yugas of the world extending over 1728 years of men (see Ms.1.69 and Kull. thereon).
    -7 The number '4'.
    -8 A stake at a game.
    -9 Prize or booty gained in a battle.
    -1 An offering.
    -11 Magic sorcery.
    -Comp. -अकृत a. done and not done; i. e. done in part but not completed; कृताकृतस्यैव च काञ्चनस्य Bu. Ch.2.2; that which is done and that which is not done (Dvandva Comp.) मा त्वा ताप्तां कृताकृते Mbh. on P.II.2.29; कृताकृतप्रसङ्गि नित्यम्. (
    -तः) the Supreme Being.
    -अङ्क a.
    1 marked, branded; कठ्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281.
    -2 numbered. (ङ्कः) that side of a die which is marked with four points.
    -अञ्जलि a. folding the hands in supplication; प्रणम्य शिरसा देवं कृताञ्जलिरभाषत Bg.11.14,35; Ms.4.154.
    -अनुकर a. following another's example, subservient.
    -अनुसारः custom, usage.
    -अन्त a. bringing to an end, termi- nating.
    (-तः) 1 Yama, the god of death; कृतान्त आसीत्समरो देवानां सह दानवैः Bhāg.9.6.13; द्वितीयं कृतान्त- मिवाटन्तं व्याधमपश्यत् H.1.
    -2 fate, destiny; कृतान्त एव सौमित्रे द्रष्टव्यो मत्प्रवासने Rām.2.22.15; क्रूरस्तस्मिन्नपि न सहते संगमं नौ कृतान्तः Me.17.
    -3 a demonstrated con- clusion, dogma, a proved doctrine; दैवं पुरुषकारश्च कृतान्ते- नोपपद्यते Mb.12.153.5; यथा लौकिकेषु वैदिकेषु च कृतान्तेषु Mbh. on P.I.1.1,56; साङ्ख्ये कृतान्ते प्रोक्तानि Bg.18.13.
    -4 a sinful or inauspicious action.
    -5 an epithet of Saturn.
    -6 Saturday.
    -7 the inevitable result of former actions.
    -8 the second lunar mansion.
    -9 the number 'two'. ˚कुशल an astrologer; आधिराज्ये$भिषेको मे ब्राह्मणैः पतिना सह । कृतान्त- कुशलैरुक्तं तत्सर्वं वितथीकृतम् Rām.6.48.14. ˚जनकः the sun.
    -अन्नम् 1 cooked food. कृतान्नमुदकं स्त्रियः Ms.9.219;11.3.
    -2 digested food.
    -3 excrement.
    -अपराध a. guilty, offender, criminal.
    - अभय a. saved from fear or danger.
    -अभिषेक a. crowned, inaugurated. (
    -कः) a prince.
    -अभ्यास a. practised.
    -अयः the die called कृत marked with four points.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having gained one's object, successful; एकः कृतार्थो भवते वीतशोकः Śwet. Up.2.14.
    -2 satisfied; happy, contented; वयं कृतार्था इत्यभिमन्यन्ति बालाः Muṇḍ.1.2.9; कृतः कृतार्थो$स्मि निबर्हितांहसा Śi.1.29; R.8.3; Ki.4.9; Ś.2.1; Pt.1.194.
    -3 clever.
    -4 that which has served its purpose (and hence in- capable of yielding any further sense or serving any other purpose); पुरुषे यागं श्रावयित्वा कृतार्थः शब्द एकस्य द्वयोर्बहूनां वा यागं न वारयति । ŚB. on MS.6.2.3. सकृत् कृत्वा कृतार्थः शब्दः न नियमः पौनःपुन्ये । ŚB. on MS.6.2.27; सा चाकाङ्क्षा एकेनापि कृतार्था भवतीत्युक्तम् । ŚB. on MS.11.1.13. (कृतार्थीकृ
    1 to render fruitful or successful; कृतार्थीकृत्य तं विप्रम् Ks.74.125.
    -2 to make good; कान्तं प्रत्युपचारतश्चतुरया कोपः कृतार्थीकृतः Amaru.15; so कृतार्थयति to make fruitful; Māl.3.6.)
    -अवधान a. careful, attentive.
    -अवधि a.
    1 fixed, appointed.
    -2 bounded, limited.
    -अवमर्ष a.
    1 effacing from recollection.
    -2 intolerant.
    -अवस्थ a.
    1 summoned, caused to be present; Ms.8.6.
    -2 fixed, settled.
    -अस्त्र a.
    1 armed.
    -2 trained in the science of arms or missiles; पित्रा संवर्धितो नित्यं कृतास्त्रः सांपरा- यिकः R.17.62.
    - अहक a. having performed the daily ceremonies.
    - आगम a. advanced, proficient, skilled. (-m.) the Supreme soul.
    -आगस् a. guilty, offending, criminal, sinful; अध्ने प्र शिरो जहि ब्रह्मजस्य कृतागसः Av.12.5.6; कृतागाः कौटिल्यो मुजग इव निर्याय नगरात् Mu.3.11.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 having control over oneself, self-possessed, of a selfgoverned spirit; कृतात्मा ब्रह्मलोकमभिसंभवामि Ch. Up.8.13.1; कृतात्मानो वीतरागाः प्रशान्ताः Muṇḍ. Up.3.2.5; Rām.5.61.6; ऐहिष्ट तं कारयितुं कृतात्मा Bk.1.11.
    -2 purified in mind; magnanimous; तमरिघ्रं कृतात्मानं क्षिप्रं द्रक्ष्यसि राघवम् Rām.5.39.48.
    - आभरण a. adorned.
    -आयास a. labouring, suffering.
    - आलय a. one who has taken up his abode in any place; यत्र ते दयिता भार्या तनयाश्च कृतालयाः Rām. (
    -यः) a frog; dog ? M. W.
    -आवास a lodging.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 governed; ruled.
    -2 supporting, resting on.
    -3 residing in.
    -आहार a. having taken one's meals.
    -आह्वान a. challenged.
    -उत्साह a. diligent, making effort, striving.
    - उदक a. one who had performed his ablutions; Mb.3.
    -उद्वाह a.
    1 married.
    -2 practising penance by standing with up-lifted hands.
    -उपकार a.
    1 favoured, befriended, assisted; अज्ञातभर्तृव्यसना मुहूर्तं कृतोपकारेव रतिर्बभूव Ku.3.73.
    -2 friendly.
    -उपभोग a. used, enjoyed.
    -कर, -कारिन् a. Enjoining what is already known or done; कृतकरो हि विधिरनर्थकः स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.5.58; कृतकरं शास्त्रमनर्थकं स्यात् ŚB. on MS.1.7.25; कृतकारि खलु शास्त्रं पर्जन्यवत् Mbh. on P.I.2.9.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one who has done his work; R.9.3.
    -2 skilful, clever. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme spirit.
    -2 a Saṁnyāsin.
    -काम a. one whose desires are fulfilled.
    -कार्य a.
    1 one who has done his work or obtained his object.
    -2 having no need of another's aid.
    -काल a.
    1 fixed or settled as to time.
    -2 who has waited a certain time. (
    -लः) appointed time; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184.
    -कृत्य, -क्रिय a.
    1 who has accomplished his object; Bg.15.2.
    -2 satisfied, contented; Śānti.3.19; Māl.4.3.
    -3 clever.
    -4 having done his duty; कृतकृत्यो विधिर्मन्ये न वर्धयति तस्य ताम् Śi.2.32.
    -क्रयः a purchaser.
    -क्रियः 1 one who has accomplished any act.
    -2 one who has fulfilled his duty.
    -3 one who has performed a religious cere- mony; Ms.5.99.
    -क्षण a.
    1 waiting impatiently for the exact moment; कृतक्षणाहं भद्रं ते गमनं प्रति राघव Rām.2.29.15; वयं सर्वे सोत्सुकाः कृतक्षणास्तिष्ठामः Pt.1.
    -2 one who has got an opportunity.
    -घ्न a.
    1 ungrateful; Ms.4.214;8.89.
    -2 defeating all previous measures.
    -चूडः a boy on whom the ceremony of tonsure has been performed; Ms.5.58,67; नृणामकृतचूडानां विशुद्धिर्नौशिकी स्मृता.
    -जन्मन् a. planted; Ku.5.6.
    -ज्ञ a.
    1 grateful; Ms.7.29,21; Y.1.38.
    -2 correct in conduct; कृतज्ञतामस्य वदन्ति सम्पदः Ki.
    (-ज्ञः) 1 a dog.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थ a.
    1 one who has visited or frequented holy places.
    -2 one who studies with a professional teacher.
    -3 fertile in means or expedients.
    -4 a guide.
    -5 rendered accessible or easy; Ki.2.3.
    -दार a. married.
    -दासः a servant hired for a stated period, a hired servant.
    -दूषणम् spoiling what is done; उद्धतायाः पुनरुद्धनने न हि किञ्चित्कार्यमस्ति । केवलं कृतदूषणं भवेत् । ृŚB. on MS.12.2.16. (see कृतदूषा)
    -दूषा f. a blemish or vitiating factor for what is done; अकर्म वा कृतदूषा स्यात् MS.12.1.1. (कृतायाः दूषणम् ŚB).
    -धी a.
    1 prudent, considerate.
    -2 learned, educated, wise; पुत्रेभ्यः कृतवेदिनां कृतधियां येषां न भिन्ना वयम् Mu.5.2; Bg.2.54; Śi.2.79.
    -नामधेय a. named, called as; Ś6.
    -निर्णेजनः a penitent. -a. one who has performed penance; कृतनिर्णेजनांश्चैव न जुगुप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.11.189.
    -निश्चय a.
    1 resolute, resolved; युद्धाय कृतनिश्चयः Bg.2.37.
    -2 confident, sure.
    -पुङ्ख a. skilled in archery.
    -पूर्व a. done formerly.
    -प्रतिकृतम् assault and counter-assault, attack and resistance; R.12.94.
    -प्रतिज्ञ a.
    1 one who has made an agreement or engagement.
    -2 one who has fulfilled his promise.
    -प्रयोजन a. one who has attained his object; Ks.13.158.
    -फल n. successful. (
    -लम्) result, consequence.
    -बुद्धि a.
    1 learned, educated, wise; विद्वत्सु कृतबुद्धयः (श्रेष्ठाः) Ms.1.97, 7.3.
    -2 a man of resolute character.
    -3 informed of one's duty.
    -ब्रह्मन् a. Ved. one who has per- formed his devotions; कृतब्रह्मा शूशुवद् रातहव्य इत् Rv.2. 25.1.
    -मङ्गल a. blessed, consecrated.
    -मति a. firm, resolute.
    -मन्यु a. indignant.
    -मालः, -लकः 1 a kind of cassia.
    -2 the spotted antelope.
    -मुख a. learned, clever, wise.
    -युगम् the first (golden) of the four ages.
    -रूप one who knows the customary rites (कृतकल्प); Rām.2.1.2.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 stamped, marked.
    -2 branded; ज्ञातिसम्बन्धिभिस्त्वेतास्त्यक्तव्याः कृत- लक्षणाः Ms.9.239.
    -3 excellent, amiable.
    -4 defined, dis- criminated.
    -वर्मन् m. N. of a warrior on the side of the Kauravas who with Kṛipa and Aśvatthāman survived the general havoc of the great Bhārata war. He was afterwards slain by Sātyaki.
    -वापः a penitent who has shaven his head and chin; Ms.11.18.
    -विद् a. grateful; तस्यापवर्ग्यशरणं तव पादमूलं विस्मर्यते कृतविदा कथमार्तबन्धो Bhāg.4.9.8.
    -विद्य a. learned, educated; शूरो$सि कृत- विद्यो$सि Pt.4.43; सुवर्णपुष्पितां पृथ्वीं विचिन्वन्ति त्रयो जनाः । शूरश्च कृतविद्यश्च यश्च जानाति सेवितुम् ॥ Pt.1.45.
    -वीर्य a. being strong or powerful; Av.17.1.27. (
    -र्यः) N. of the father of Sahasrārjuna.
    -वेतन a. hired, paid (as a servant); प्रमादमृतनष्टांश्च प्रदाप्यः कृतवेतनः Y.2.164.
    -वेदिन् a.
    1 grateful; न तथा कृतवेदिनां करिष्यन्प्रियतामेति यथा कृता- वदानः Ki.13.32; see कृतज्ञ.
    -2 observant of propriety.
    -वेश a. attired, decorated; गतवति कृतवेशे केशवे कुञ्जशय्याम् Gīt.11.
    -व्यावृत्ति a. dislodged or dismissed from office, set aside; Ku.2.27.
    -शिल्प a. skilled in art or trade; कृतशिल्पो$पि निवसेत्कृतकालं गुरोर्गृहे Y.2.184.
    -शोभ a.
    1 splendid.
    -2 beautiful.
    -3 handy, dexterous.
    -शौच a. purified; पुण़्डरीकमवाप्नोति कृतशौचो भवेच्च सः Mb.3.83.21.
    -श्मश्रुः one who is shaven; न हि कृतश्मश्रुः पुनः श्मश्रूणि कार- यति Mbh. on P.I.2.9.
    -श्रमः, -परिश्रमः one who has studied; कृतपरिश्रमो$स्मि ज्योतिःशास्त्रे Mu.1; I have devoted my time to (spent my labours on) the science of astro- nomy.
    -संकल्प a. resolved, determined.
    -संकेत a. making an appointment; नामसमेतं कृतसंकेतं वादयते मृदु वेणुम् Gīt.5.
    -संज्ञ a.
    1 having presence of mind... स्थापयेद् दासान् कृत- संज्ञान् समन्ततः Ms.
    -2 restored to consciousness or senses.
    -3 aroused.
    -4 one to whom sign has been given; Rāj. T.4.221.
    -संनाह a. clad in armour, accoutred.
    -संस्कार a.
    1 one who has performed all purificatory rites, ini- tiated; वैश्यस्तु कृतसंस्कारः Ms.9.326; R.1.78.
    -2 Pre- pared, adorned.
    -सापत्निका, -सापत्नी, सापत्नीका, -सापत्नका, सपत्निका a woman whose husband has mar- ried another wife, a married woman having a co-wife or a superseded wife.
    -हस्त, -हस्तक a.
    1 dexterous, clever, skilful, handy.
    -2 skilled in archery.
    -हस्तता 1 skill, dexterity;... संनिपाते । सुमहति कृतहस्ताः सैनिकास्तं ररक्षुः ॥ Śiva. B.13.3.47.
    -2 skill in archery or generally in handling arms; कौरव्ये कृतहस्तता पुनरियं देवे यथा सीरिणि Ve.6.13; Mv.6.41.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कृत _kṛta

  • 20 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    - a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

См. также в других словарях:

  • one with another — Taken all together, taken on an average • • • Main Entry: ↑another …   Useful english dictionary

  • One-shot learning — is an object categorization problem of current research interest in computer vision. Whereas most machine learning based object categorization algorithms require training on hundreds or thousands of images and very large datasets, one shot… …   Wikipedia

  • One in a Million (season 2) — Format Interactive reality game show Directed by Alet Arzuan Presented by …   Wikipedia

  • One Day (novel) — One Day   …   Wikipedia

  • One Night with the King — Movie poster for One Night with the King Directed by Michael O. Sajbel …   Wikipedia

  • One by One (Foo Fighters album) — One by One Studio album by Foo Fighters Released October 22, 2002 …   Wikipedia

  • with — [ wıð, wıθ ] preposition *** 1. ) together if one person or thing is with another or does something with them, they are together or they do it together: Hannah lives with her parents. chicken served with vegetables and mushrooms I ll be with you… …   Usage of the words and phrases in modern English

  • One Life to Live miscellaneous characters — The following are minor or recurring characters from the American soap opera One Life to Live. Contents 1 Kimberly Andrews 2 Nigel Bartholomew Smythe …   Wikipedia

  • One Life to Live minor families — For related performers, see List of One Life to Live characters. Though the American soap opera One Life to Live has focused predominantly on the families of Victoria Lord, Asa Buchanan and Dorian Cramer Lord, many other families have played a… …   Wikipedia

  • Another Side of Bob Dylan — Infobox Album Name = Another Side of Bob Dylan Type = studio Artist = Bob Dylan Released = August 8, 1964 Recorded = June 9, 1964 at Columbia Studios, New York City Genre = Folk Length = 50:37 Label = Columbia Producer = Tom Wilson Reviews =… …   Wikipedia

  • One Life (Glen Vella song) — One Life Eurovision Song Contest 2011 entry Country Malta Artist(s) Glen Vella Language …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»